WO2017046998A1 - Communication device and communication system - Google Patents

Communication device and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017046998A1
WO2017046998A1 PCT/JP2016/003651 JP2016003651W WO2017046998A1 WO 2017046998 A1 WO2017046998 A1 WO 2017046998A1 JP 2016003651 W JP2016003651 W JP 2016003651W WO 2017046998 A1 WO2017046998 A1 WO 2017046998A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
communication
unit
communication device
information
livestock
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/003651
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
矢島 正一
新倉 英生
石橋 秀則
Original Assignee
ソニー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ソニー株式会社 filed Critical ソニー株式会社
Publication of WO2017046998A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017046998A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; CARE OF BIRDS, FISHES, INSECTS; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K11/00Marking of animals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; CARE OF BIRDS, FISHES, INSECTS; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K67/00Rearing or breeding animals, not otherwise provided for; New breeds of animals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K17/00Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/38Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving
    • H04B5/48

Definitions

  • This technology relates to a communication device that can be installed outdoors, for example, and a communication system using the communication device.
  • Patent Document 1 A technique is known in which a small communication device is attached to livestock such as cattle, and an individual identification signal or the like is transmitted from the communication device by wireless communication or the like (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • This document describes a reader that receives an individual identification signal from a communication device.
  • an object of the present technology is to provide a communication device that can be easily installed even outdoors where power facilities are not provided, and a communication system using the communication device.
  • a communication device includes a cover, a first communication unit, and a power supply unit.
  • the cover has a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end.
  • the first communication unit is accommodated in a first unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with a first device attached to a living body.
  • the power supply unit is housed in a second unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and supplies power to the first communication unit.
  • a communication system includes a transmission device attached to a living body and a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a cover, a first communication unit, and a power supply unit.
  • the cover has a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end.
  • the first communication unit is accommodated in a first unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with the transmission device.
  • the power supply unit is housed in a second unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and supplies power to the first communication unit.
  • a communication device that can be easily installed even outdoors where power facilities are not provided, and a communication system using the communication device.
  • the effects described here are not necessarily limited, and may be any of the effects described in the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 It is a typical figure showing a schematic structure of a livestock management system of a 1st embodiment of this art. It is a figure which shows typically the relationship between each domestic animal and an area
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a positional relationship between each area and a communication device according to Modification 1-1. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on modification 1-2. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modification 1-3.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to Modification 1-4.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating another schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to Modification 1-4. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modified example 1-4.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of a transmission apparatus according to Modification 1-5. It is a block diagram which shows an example of a functional structure of the livestock management system in the modification 1-5. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modification 1-6. It is a typical figure showing a schematic structure of a livestock management system concerning a 2nd embodiment of this art. It is a block diagram which shows the hardware constitutions of each apparatus contained in the livestock management system shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view of a third unit housing shown in FIG. 31.
  • A is a plan view of the third unit casing
  • B is a bottom view of the third unit casing.
  • a section of FIG. It is a side view of the 1st unit housing
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit housing shown in FIG. 31.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the third unit housing shown in FIG. 31. It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the communication system using the said communication apparatus.
  • the livestock management system is a system that can be used by, for example, livestock farmers and employees (users) of livestock facilities, and performs a stay monitoring process for monitoring an area where livestock stays in the livestock facility. Configured to be possible. In the following description, staying in a certain area means that livestock exists in the area for a predetermined time or more. Although the predetermined time is not particularly limited, for example, it is several minutes to several hours.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to a first embodiment of the present technology.
  • the livestock management system 100 includes a plurality of transmission devices 1 (transmission devices 1a, 1b, 1c), a plurality of communication devices 2 (communication devices 2a, 2b), a server device 3, and a terminal device. 4.
  • the plurality of transmission devices 1a, 1b, 1c are respectively attached to the plurality of domestic animals A1, A2, A3.
  • Examples of livestock A1, A2, A3 include industrial animals such as beef cattle, dairy cows, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, poultry and pet animals such as dogs, cats, rabbits, etc. Show.
  • the areas R1 and R2 shown in the figure are areas where the livestock A1, A2 and A3 can stay, for example, in the livestock facility, and are areas registered in advance by the user using, for example, livestock management application software described later. Specific examples of the area may include a barn, a grazing farm, a milking box / parlor, etc., partitioned in a barn. In the figure, an example is shown in which livestock A1 and A2 stay in the region R1, and livestock A3 stays in the region R2. Among the “regions”, regions where livestock can stay and are subject to stay monitoring determination for each of the livestock A1, A2, and A3 are referred to as “target regions”.
  • the transmission device 1 is attached to livestock and transmits an individual identification signal associated with the livestock.
  • Livestock shall mean individual livestock.
  • the individual identifier is an identifier that can identify livestock, and may be an individual identifier that is unique to the transmission device 1 or an individual identifier that can identify the transmission device 1 such as an individual identification number of livestock that will be described later. Also good.
  • the individual identification signal includes an identifier and is a signal transmitted from the transmission device 1.
  • the individual identification signal may include information other than the identifier.
  • the individual identification signal may include information on the amount of power generation to be described later, information on the attribute of the transmission device 1, information combining these, and the like.
  • the transmission devices 1a, 1b, and 1c can be configured as tags that can be attached to the domestic animals A1, A2, and A3, respectively.
  • the transmission device 1 is attached to the ears of the domestic animals A1, A2, A3, for example.
  • attachment to the ear is preferable to the neck or foot.
  • the livestock A1, A2, and A3 may not be equipped with a function such as communication, and may be equipped with a wearing tool in which information for identifying an individual such as an individual identification number is described.
  • the above-mentioned wearing tool worn on the ear is referred to as an ear tag.
  • the ear tag has a resin plate on which an individual identification number and its barcode are printed.
  • the individual identification number referred to here is a general-purpose number assigned by, for example, a national or livestock management organization.
  • the transmission apparatus 1 may have the individual identification number of a domestic animal, the individual identifier of the transmission apparatus 1, etc. on the surface of the housing
  • the plurality of communication devices 2 are devices different from the transmission device 1, receive the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1, add predetermined information to the received individual identification signal, and add to the server device 3. Send. That is, the communication device 2 of the present embodiment functions as a device for receiving an individual identification signal.
  • the network N can be, for example, the Internet or a local area network.
  • the communication device 2 may be a dedicated communication device as shown in FIG. Alternatively, a portable information terminal different from the terminal device 4 may be used. In the example shown in the figure, the communication device 2 is attached to a fence or the like arranged in a livestock facility.
  • the plurality of communication devices 2 may be positioned corresponding to the regions R1 and R2, as shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 2 being “located in the target region” means that the communication device 2 is located in and around the target region, for example, near the entrance of the target region and the fence (boundary) of the target region. Including being inside the target area.
  • the server device 3 is a server device on the network N.
  • the server device 3 is a device different from the transmission device 1 and the communication device 2, and is an information processing device that receives an individual identification signal transmitted from the communication device 2. Predetermined information may be added by the communication device 2 to the individual identification signal received by the server device 3.
  • the server device 3 may be configured by one information processing device or may be configured by a plurality of information processing devices.
  • the server device 3 can provide a livestock management service to the terminal device 4 via the network N.
  • the server device 3 is equipped with livestock management application software (hereinafter abbreviated as “livestock management application”), and executes processing based on the software.
  • the server device 3 may provide a livestock management application to the terminal device 4 or the like in the form of a web application, or may distribute the livestock management application to the terminal device 4 and cause the terminal device 4 to install the application.
  • livestock management application livestock management application software
  • the terminal device 4 is an information processing device operated by a user who manages a plurality of livestock A1, A2, A3, and is configured to be able to communicate with the server device 3 on the network N.
  • the terminal device 4 includes, for example, a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a digital camera, a wearable device, a PC (Personal Computer), and the like.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram schematically showing the relationship between each domestic animal and the area.
  • the livestock A1 and A2 indicated by white circles belong to the cattle herd A which is a group of livestock
  • the livestock A3 indicated by a circle including diagonal lines belongs to the cattle herd B which is a group of livestock.
  • livestock A1, A2, and A3 belong to a group of a cow group A, a cow group A, and a cow group B, respectively.
  • the herd group A is a group consisting of cows that have appetite and milk, for example.
  • the herd group B is a group that consists of cows that have appetite and milk, for example.
  • the region R1 and the region R2 are different regions such as a barn and a pasture, and are partitioned by a fence and other structures.
  • the regions R1 and R2 may be virtual regions.
  • livestock of the same group stay in the same area because the same management is required.
  • correspond one-to-one, and a group name can be commonly used as a name of an area
  • livestock A1, A2 of cattle herd A stays in region R1, and livestock A3 of cattle herd B stays in region R2. For this reason, each domestic animal A1, A2, A3 stays in an appropriate area
  • livestock A2 stays in area R1, and livestock A3, A1 stays in area R2. In this case, the livestock A1 that should originally be managed in the area R1 is lost in the area R2, and it is necessary to return to the area R1 in order to manage it appropriately.
  • an example of three livestock is shown for the sake of explanation, but a livestock farmer can manage tens to thousands or more of livestock.
  • the group of livestock is not limited to the example of two groups, and a large number of groups can be managed. In such a case, it is difficult to grasp the livestock lost to the inappropriate group.
  • the livestock management system 100 of the present embodiment it is possible to monitor the area where livestock is staying and manage the livestock easily.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of each device included in the livestock management system 100.
  • the transmission device 1 includes a power supply unit 11, a control unit 12, and a communication unit 13.
  • the transmission device 1 further includes a housing (not shown) that houses the power supply unit 11, the control unit 12, and the communication unit 13, and a mounting mechanism (not shown) for mounting the housing on livestock.
  • the mounting mechanism may be configured integrally with the housing. “Mounting” as used herein refers to mounting directly on a living body and / or non-living body with a mounting tool or the like, and mounting indirectly on an object to which the living body and / or non-living body is mounted. Including.
  • the housing is directly attached to a living body or the like
  • the user may be able to attach the housing to the livestock by sandwiching the ears of the livestock between the housing and other objects using a wearer.
  • the casing may have a hole for a belt, and the casing may be attached to a domestic animal by passing a belt that is turned around the neck of the domestic animal through the hole.
  • the housing is mounted indirectly on a living body or the like
  • the housing has a structure for mounting a mounting component for mounting, and the livestock is connected via a mounting component that is directly mounted on livestock. It may be attached to.
  • the power supply unit 11 is configured to be able to supply power to the control unit 12 and the communication unit 13, and includes, for example, a power generation unit 111, a power storage unit 112, and a power control unit 113.
  • the power generation unit 111 generates electric power according to the surrounding environment.
  • the power generation unit 111 may generate power using, for example, energy based on at least one of light, heat, vibration, radio waves including a far electromagnetic field and a near electromagnetic field, and a specific organic substance and inorganic substance. Good.
  • the power generation unit 111 may generate power using a plurality of the above-described energies.
  • the power generation method may be any of electrostatic type, electromagnetic type, inverse magnetostrictive type, piezoelectric type and the like.
  • the power generation unit 111 may generate power using light (for example, an indoor light bulb or sunlight).
  • the power generation unit 111 may be a thermoelectric conversion element that generates power using a temperature difference (heat) (for example, a power generation by the Seebeck effect or the Thomson effect, a thermoelectron power generation unit 111, or a thermomagnetic power generation). Such a power generation unit 111 generates power using, for example, the temperature difference between the body temperature of the livestock and the outside air temperature.
  • the power generation unit 111 may be an enzyme battery (also referred to as a bio battery) that generates power using sugar.
  • the power generation unit 111 uses one of LCR (inductance, capacitance, reactance) components, or a combination thereof, and capacitive coupling or electromagnetic coupling by a capacitor, a capacitor, an antenna, a rectenna, and the like.
  • the power generation unit 111 may perform near electromagnetic field power generation, that is, generate power using energy obtained by bringing the transmission device close to a predetermined device.
  • a known method such as a magnetic field resonance method, an electromagnetic induction method, an electric field coupling method, an electric field resonance method, or the like can be applied.
  • a known power generation unit 111 other than the exemplified power generation unit can be applied.
  • the power storage unit 112 is used depending on the purpose such as storing the power generated by the power generation unit 111.
  • the power generated by the power generation unit 111 is stored in the power storage unit 112 and used as power for operating the communication unit 13.
  • the power storage unit 112 includes various secondary batteries such as a lithium ion secondary battery, an electric double layer capacitor, a lithium ion capacitor, a polyacenic organic semiconductor (PAS) capacitor, and a nanogate capacitor (“nanogate”).
  • PES polyacenic organic semiconductor
  • nanogate nanogate capacitor
  • the power control unit 113 transitions between a standby state and an output state for supplying power to the communication unit 13 and the control unit 12 according to the power supplied from the power generation unit 111. Thereby, when the power generation amount by the power generation unit 111 becomes equal to or larger than a predetermined amount, it is possible to transmit the individual identification signal.
  • the power control unit 113 is configured by, for example, an integrated circuit (IC) composed of one element or a plurality of elements. Examples of the IC used for the power supply unit 113 include a switching element such as a transistor, a diode, a reset IC, a regulator IC, a logic IC, and various arithmetic circuits.
  • the circuit configuration inside the IC can be changed as appropriate as long as the function of the power control unit 113 can be realized.
  • the power control unit 113 preferably has a configuration capable of storing the state by holding the state after the transition, but may have a configuration incapable of storing the state due to reset or the like and not storing the state.
  • the power generated in the power generation unit 111 may be supplied to the power control unit 113 after being appropriately boosted or reduced.
  • the control unit 12 controls transmission of the communication unit 13 and includes a processor and a memory.
  • the control unit 12 of the present embodiment can be configured as an MCU (Micro Control Unit).
  • the processor used for the control unit 12 executes control on the communication circuit. Examples of the processor include an MPU (Micro Processing Unit) and a CPU (Central Processing Unit). As the processor, MPU is more preferable because of the processing amount of the communication unit 13 and the request for downsizing in the transmission apparatus 1.
  • the communication unit 13 transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier using the power supplied from the power supply unit 11.
  • the individual identification signal of the present embodiment may include information on the amount of power generated according to the surrounding environment.
  • the information on the power generation amount may include a transmission or reception pattern of an individual identification signal based on the power generation amount generated according to the surrounding environment, or may include a numerical value of the power generation amount.
  • the individual identification signal may further include information indicating the type of power generation.
  • the information indicating the type of power generation includes, for example, information indicating whether the power generation source performed by the communication unit 13 is one of light, temperature difference, radio wave, or a combination thereof.
  • an individual identifier unique to the transmission apparatus 1 assigned in advance is typically used.
  • the individual identifier may be an individual identifier assigned each time as long as the livestock can be identified.
  • the communication unit 13 includes a communication circuit and an antenna for communicating with the communication device 2 and the like. Communication performed by the communication circuit of the communication unit 13 may be wireless or wired. Further, a single wireless module may be used, a plurality of types may be used, or a plurality of types of composite modules may be used.
  • the wireless communication may be a communication method using electromagnetic waves or infrared rays, communication using an electric field, or communication using sound waves.
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • Near field communication refers to near field type wireless communication of, for example, several cm to 1 m.
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identifier
  • ISO / IEC 14443 a communication system using RFID (Radio Frequency Identifier)
  • ISO / IEC 14443 a communication system using infrared communication Can be mentioned.
  • the communication device 2 includes a control unit 21, a first communication unit 22, and a second communication unit 23.
  • the signal receiving unit 104 is realized by the first communication unit 22 of the communication device 2.
  • the control unit 21 executes control of the first communication unit 22 and the second communication unit 23, and is realized by, for example, an MPU or CPU.
  • the processor used for the communication unit 42 executes control for each communication circuit. Examples of the processor include an MPU and a CPU.
  • a memory for storing device information for identifying the communication device 2 is connected to the processor of the control unit 21, and these processor and memory may constitute an MCU (Micro Control Unit). Furthermore, device information for identifying the communication device 2 may be stored in the memory of the control unit 21.
  • the device information is information related to the communication device 2 and includes, for example, an identifier (ID) of the communication device 2 and information about attributes of the communication device 2.
  • ID an identifier
  • the individual identifier here may be an identifier unique to the communication apparatus 2 or an identifier set by the user.
  • the first communication unit 22 is configured to be able to communicate with the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1.
  • the first communication unit 22 includes, for example, a first communication system communication circuit and an antenna.
  • Examples of the first communication method include a communication method using electromagnetic waves and infrared rays, a communication method using electric fields, a wireless communication method using sound waves, and a wired communication method.
  • the second communication unit 23 includes a communication circuit and an antenna of a second communication method different from the first communication method.
  • the second communication unit 23 is connected to the network N and can communicate with the server device 3.
  • the second communication method is a communication method connectable to the network N, such as a communication method using a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11, etc.) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a 3G or 4G network for mobile communication. Can be applied.
  • a communication method such as WiFi
  • the second communication unit 23 can be connected to the network N via a predetermined access point.
  • the communication device 2 may appropriately include communication circuits other than those described above.
  • the server device 3 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a communication unit 33.
  • the control unit 31 is a processor realized by a CPU, and comprehensively controls each unit of the server device 3.
  • the control unit 31 executes predetermined processing in accordance with a control program stored in the storage unit 32.
  • the storage unit 32 includes, for example, a ROM (Read Only Memory) in which a program executed by the control unit 31 is stored, a RAM (Random Access Memory) used as a work memory when the control unit 31 executes processing, and the like.
  • the storage unit 32 may include a nonvolatile memory such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) and a flash memory (SSD; Solid State Drive).
  • the communication unit 33 is connected to the network N and configured to be able to communicate with the terminal device 4.
  • the communication unit 33 can be connected to the network N through a hardware network interface such as a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 or the like) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a wired LAN.
  • a hardware network interface such as a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 or the like) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a wired LAN.
  • the server device 3 may have a configuration such as a display unit or an input operation unit as necessary.
  • the terminal device 4 includes a control unit 41, a storage unit 42, a first communication unit 43, a second communication unit 44, a display unit 45, and an input operation unit 46.
  • the terminal device 4 further includes a housing (not shown) that houses a control unit 41, a storage unit 42, a first communication unit 43, a second communication unit 44, a display unit 45, and an input operation unit 46.
  • the housing is configured to be portable by the user, for example.
  • the control unit 41 is a processor realized by a CPU, and comprehensively controls each unit of the terminal device 4.
  • the control unit 41 executes predetermined processing according to the control program stored in the storage unit 42.
  • the storage unit 42 includes a ROM, a RAM, a nonvolatile memory, and the like.
  • the first communication unit 43 is configured to be able to communicate with a communication method different from that of the second communication unit 43.
  • the first communication unit 43 has a configuration capable of wireless communication such as communication using electromagnetic waves and infrared rays and communication using electric fields.
  • the first communication unit 43 may be capable of close proximity wireless communication used in a communication distance of about several cm to 1 m such as NFC.
  • the second communication unit 44 is connected to the network N and configured to be able to communicate with the server device 3. Specifically, the second communication unit 44 connects to the network N using a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 or the like) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a 3G or 4G network for mobile communication. Communication with the server device 3 is possible.
  • the display unit 45 is realized by a display element such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or an organic EL (Electroluminescence) panel.
  • the display unit 45 may include a D / A conversion circuit in addition to the display element.
  • the input operation unit 46 is, for example, a touch panel, a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, and other input devices. When the input operation unit 46 is a touch panel, the touch panel can be integrated with the display unit 45.
  • the terminal device 4 may include a battery, a camera, a microphone, a speaker, and the like (not shown).
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 and the flow of processing.
  • the livestock management system 100 includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output.
  • Unit 107 and attribute information storage unit 108 are realized by the signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output.
  • Unit 107 and attribute information storage unit 108 is realized by the signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output.
  • Unit 107 and attribute information storage unit 108 are realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
  • the plurality of signal transmission units 101 each transmit an individual identification signal including an individual identifier associated with a domestic animal. Then, the signal receiving unit 102 of the communication device 2 receives these individual identification signals.
  • the position determination unit 103 determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 satisfies the first condition for the transmission device 1 to be located in the target region.
  • the first condition is that (1) signal strength information when received by one or more communication devices 2 located in the target area is added to the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1
  • the condition that the signal intensity of the individual identification signal belongs to the first intensity range may be included.
  • (1) may include a condition that (1a) the signal strength of the individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • the position determination unit 103 can perform a determination process for the first condition using a received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the individual identification signal.
  • RSSI received signal strength indication
  • the position determination unit 103 can specify an individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 within a predetermined distance range from the communication device 2 based on the condition (1). An individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 within a predetermined distance from 2 can be specified.
  • the first condition is that (2) the information about the transmission position obtained by GPS or the like is added to the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 (see Modification 1-5 described later) ), A condition that the transmission position is located in the target region may be included. Under the condition (2), the position determination unit 103 can determine the position of the transmission device 1 with higher accuracy.
  • the first condition may be (3) other conditions, and the condition (4) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3).
  • the data acquisition unit 104 acquires data on a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the transmission device 1 that transmits an individual identification signal attached to a domestic animal and associated with the domestic animal.
  • the data acquisition unit 104 acquires data of a plurality of individual identification signals that are the basis of determination by the stay determination unit 105, and supplies necessary data to the stay determination unit 105.
  • the “plurality of individual identification signals” may be a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the same transmission apparatus 1, or may be a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from different transmission apparatuses 1.
  • the data about a plurality of individual identification signals are, for example, (A) an individual identifier included in the individual identification signal, (B) device information of the communication device 2, and (C) a target area related to a plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the reception time information of (E) for example, even when the control unit 21 of the communication device 2 has a clock circuit and a time stamp of the time when the individual identification signal is received is added to the individual identification signal. Good.
  • the control unit 13 of the transmission device 1 may include a clock circuit, and a time stamp at the time when the individual identification signal is transmitted may be added to the individual identification signal. In the latter case, the transmission time is handled as the reception time.
  • “Data acquisition” by the data acquisition unit 104 may be, for example, reading data received during a predetermined time and stored in the storage unit 32, or data by controlling the communication unit 33. May be received. By reading the data received and temporarily stored for a predetermined time, the stay determination unit 105 can execute the stay determination process based on the data received within a certain period of time.
  • the data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data related to a preset number of individual identification signals.
  • the data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on a plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition.
  • the terminal device 4 may transmit only the data of a plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition to the server device 3, or transmit all the individual identification signals that have been determined, and obtain data.
  • the unit 104 may select and acquire data
  • the stay determination unit 105 determines whether the livestock is staying in the target area corresponding to the individual identification signal based on the data regarding the plurality of individual identification signals. In the present embodiment, the stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the data about the plurality of signals determined to satisfy the first condition satisfies the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area. .
  • the “target region corresponding to the individual identification signal” indicates a target region where the transmission apparatus 1 is located and a target region corresponding to a communication method of an individual identification signal described later in Modification 1-6.
  • the second condition the following conditions (1) to (4) can be applied.
  • the second condition is as follows: (1) When the data includes information on the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals in one communication device 2 located in the target area, A condition regarding the reception time may be included. Based on the condition (1), the stay determination unit 105 can determine that livestock is located in the target region over a time range that satisfies the condition of “stay”. Thus, according to the condition (1), when a plurality of individual identification signals are received by one communication device 2 corresponding to a certain area (one communication apparatus 2 corresponding to each area (i) ( In the case of the pattern iii), stay determination is possible.
  • the condition (1) regarding the reception time may be, for example, a condition that (1a) the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals extend over a predetermined time determined to be staying.
  • (1b) may be a condition that the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals are equal to or higher than a predetermined frequency
  • (1c) may be a condition based on an algorithm generated by machine learning.
  • (1d) Other conditions that can be determined to be staying may be used.
  • the condition (1e) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1a) to (1d).
  • the second condition is (2) when the data includes information on the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals received by the plurality of communication devices 2 located in the target region.
  • Conditions for the signal strength of each signal may be included. Thereby, it is possible to estimate the position of the transmission device 1 when transmitting the individual identification signal. For example, (2a) the condition that the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, and (2b) the average value of the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals is predetermined.
  • (2c) The condition that the lowest signal strength among a plurality of individual identification signals is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and (2d) The standard deviation of the plurality of individual identification signals is less than or equal to a predetermined value.
  • the “predetermined threshold” in (2a) may be the same threshold as the signal intensity threshold in the position determination process, or may be a different threshold (for example, a higher threshold). According to the conditions (2a) to (2d), any one of data relating to a plurality of individual identification signals received by one communication device 2 and data relating to a plurality of individual identification signals received by a plurality of communication devices 2 Stay determination is possible.
  • the second condition may include (2e) a condition regarding the position of the transmission device estimated based on the signal strengths of a plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the accuracy is higher.
  • the position of the transmitter 1 can be estimated well (details will be described later).
  • the second condition may be a condition based on an algorithm generated by (2f) machine learning.
  • the second condition may be (3) other conditions, or may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3) as the condition (4). .
  • the stay determination unit 105 identifies one of the plurality of regions as the target region based on the attribute information about the attribute of the communication device 2 associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. It may be determined whether the livestock stays in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals. For example, in the patterns (i) and (ii) having a plurality of areas, there is a possibility that a plurality of individual identification signals acquired by the data acquisition unit 104 may be transmitted from the communication device 2 corresponding to the plurality of areas. is there. Therefore, the stay determination unit 105 transmits from the communication device 2 corresponding to which region the individual identification signal regarding the data is transmitted from the device information of the communication device 2 included in the data and the stored attribute information of the communication device 2. The identified area can be processed as the target area.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores data about attribute information.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores the device information for identifying the communication device 2 that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals and the region attribute information of the communication device 2 identified by the device information in association with each other.
  • the area attribute information may include, for example, information about one area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2 among a plurality of areas. Further, the area attribute information includes information on the group of livestock managed in the area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2, information on the relative position of the communication device 2 or the area in the livestock facility, the communication apparatus 2 or the area. Absolute position information (latitude, longitude, etc.) may be included.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 may store one area attribute information for the device information, or may store a plurality of attribute information.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of the region attribute information database stored in the attribute information storage unit 108.
  • “ID” shown in the figure is the identifier of the communication device 2 included in the device information
  • the communication device of ID001 is the communication device 2a shown in FIGS. 1 and 2
  • the communication device of ID002 is the communication device 2b shown in FIG. It shall correspond.
  • two area attribute information of “name” and “description” are stored in association with one communication device 2.
  • “fence of cattle herd A” shown in the figure means “an area partitioned by a fence for managing cattle herd A” and represents an area R1 in FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • “fence of cattle herd B” shown in the same figure shall indicate the region R2 of FIG. 1 and FIG. That is, it can be seen from the database shown in FIG. 5 that the communication device 2a is installed at the entrance of the region R1, and the communication device 2b is installed at the entrance of the region R2.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 further stores the individual identifier and the management target information of the area for the attribute of the transmission device 1 identified by the individual identifier in association with each other.
  • the area management target information may include information about the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission device 1 is attached. Such information about the area may be, for example, information on a group of livestock managed in a certain area, or information such as the name of the area.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of the management target information database for the area stored in the attribute information storage unit 108.
  • the “cow ID” shown in the figure is an individual identifier of the transmission device 1, and the “registered cow group” indicates a group to which livestock corresponding to each cow ID belongs.
  • livestock in which “registered cattle herd” is registered as cattle herd A is managed in a region R1 corresponding to “cow herd A fence” shown in FIG.
  • Livestock in which “registered cattle herd” is registered as cattle herd B is managed in an area R1 corresponding to “cow herd B fence” shown in FIG.
  • the area determination unit 106 determines the determined target area and the plurality of individual identification signals based on the management target information of the area stored in the attribute information storage unit 108. It is determined whether or not the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission apparatus of the transmission source is attached matches. Taking the livestock A2 of FIG. 2B as an example, if it is determined that the livestock A2 stays in the region R2 as the target region, the region determination unit 106 stores the region R2 in association with the cattle herd A to which the livestock A2 belongs. It is determined whether or not the area matches. In this case, since the area stored in association with the herd A is the area R1, they do not match. Therefore, it is necessary to inform the user of the determination result and move livestock A2.
  • the output unit 107 can appropriately output the determination result of the region determination unit 106 to the display unit 25 of the terminal device 4 and / or a speaker (not shown).
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of registration processing of the livestock management system 100.
  • an example will be described in which an individual identification signal is transmitted to the communication device 2b from the transmission device 1a attached to the livestock A1 in FIG.
  • the processing of ST101 to ST104 is executed by the transmission device 1
  • the processing of ST201 to ST206 is executed by the communication device 2
  • the processing of ST301 to ST306 is executed by the server device 3
  • ST401 to ST401 The process of ST402 is executed by the terminal device 4.
  • the transmission device 1a transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier for identifying the transmission device 1a (ST102).
  • the predetermined condition here may be, for example, a condition that the power generation amount by the power generation unit 111 is equal to or greater than a predetermined power generation amount. Alternatively, it may be a condition that the request individual identification signal of the individual identification signal is received from the communication device 2, the terminal device 4, or the like.
  • the signal reception unit 102 of the communication device 2 receives the transmitted individual identification signal (ST201), and the position determination unit 103 determines that the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 is located in the target area of the transmission device 1. It is determined whether or not the first condition is satisfied (ST202).
  • the first condition includes, for example, the above condition (1a), that is, the condition that the signal strength of the received individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • This “predetermined threshold value” may be set by machine learning, data acquired in advance by the terminal device 4 or the server device 3, or may be set by the user. Accordingly, for example, referring to FIG. 1, it can be determined that the transmission device 1a is located at a predetermined distance or less from the communication device 2, and the livestock A1 wearing the transmission device 1a is near the entrance of the region R1. It is possible to determine whether or not it is located at.
  • the communication device 2 transmits data about the individual identification signal to the server device 3.
  • this data includes (A) the individual identifier included in the individual identification signal, (B) device information of the communication device 2 and (C) one or more of the individual identification signals located in the target region. Contains signal strength information when received by the communication device. Further, (D) a determination result by the position determination unit 103 may be included.
  • the communication device 2 may receive another individual identification signal without transmitting data (ST304).
  • transmitting apparatus 1a transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier for identifying transmitting apparatus 1a (ST104).
  • communication device 2b receives the transmitted individual identification signal (ST204), determines whether or not the individual identification signal satisfies the first condition (ST205), and determines the individual identification. Data about the signal is transmitted (ST206).
  • the communication device 2B may transmit data for a plurality of individual identification signals collectively, instead of transmitting data for each individual identification signal as shown in FIG.
  • Server device 3 receives the transmitted data, and acquires data for a plurality of individual identification signals determined by data acquisition section 104 to satisfy the first condition (ST301).
  • the data acquisition unit 104 acquires data of each individual identification signal received within a predetermined time and temporarily accumulated in the storage unit 32.
  • stay determination section 105 determines whether or not the acquired data satisfies the second condition for livestock staying in the target area (ST302).
  • “a plurality of individual identification signals” are a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from one transmission device 1a.
  • the stay determination unit 105 identifies one of the plurality of regions as the target region based on the region attribute information of the communication device 2b associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the stay determination unit 105 specifies the target region as “cow herd B” (region R2) from the ID “002” of the communication device 2b based on the region attribute information database shown in FIG.
  • the stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the acquired data satisfies the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the second condition includes, for example, (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the condition (1) may be any of the above conditions (1a) to (1e).
  • the second condition may further include (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f), but may be the conditions (2a) to (2d), for example.
  • parameters such as a threshold value used for each process and a data acquisition time interval by the data acquisition unit 104 can be set by the user.
  • a parameter such as a threshold is set based on an input operation from the input operation unit 46 of the terminal device 4.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of a parameter setting screen displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4.
  • a data acquisition interval input field 451 shown in the figure is a field for inputting a data acquisition time interval by the data acquisition unit 104.
  • the RSSI threshold value input field 452 is a field for inputting a signal strength threshold value at the time of position determination processing by the position determination unit 103.
  • the RSSI threshold value input field 453 is a field for inputting a signal strength threshold value at the time of determination processing by the stay determination unit 105.
  • the clear button 454 is a button for deleting the input value, and the registration button 455 is a button for determining the input value.
  • the parameter setting screen may include an approximate distance threshold value input field in addition to the RSSI threshold value input field or instead of the RSSI threshold value input field.
  • the approximate distance threshold value input field is, for example, a field for inputting a threshold value of an approximate distance (for example, X [m]) between the communication device 2 and the transmission device 1 corresponding to RSSI. Thereby, the user can prescribe
  • the region determination unit 106 determines the target region determined based on the information stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 and a plurality of individuals. It is determined whether or not the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission device 1 that is the transmission source of the identification signal is attached coincides (ST303). For example, the area determination unit 106 refers to the management object information database of the area illustrated in FIG. 6 and searches for an area corresponding to the individual identifier transmitted from the transmission device 1a. For example, when the individual identifier of the transmission device 1a is ID01000313, the registered cattle herd is cattle herd A. Thereby, the area determination unit 106 determines that the “cow group A” does not correspond to the determined “cow group B” and the areas do not match.
  • the server device 3 transmits the determination results of the stay determination unit 105 and the region determination unit 106 to the terminal device 4 (ST304). For example, the server device 3 may transmit the determination result based on a transmission request from the terminal device 4 or may automatically transmit the determination result to the terminal device 4.
  • the terminal device 4 receives the transmission result transmitted from the server device 3 (ST401), and the output unit 107 outputs, for example, the determination result to the display unit 45 (ST402).
  • FIG. 9 is a table showing an example of the stay determination and area determination results displayed on the display unit 45.
  • the “cow ID” and “registered cattle herd” shown in the figure are the same items as those stored in the area management object information database shown in FIG. 6, and are examples of individual identifiers and area management object information. Indicates. “Current cattle herd” indicates a target area in which each livestock is determined. Note that “being monitored” indicates that the livestock management system 100 is executing processing.
  • a button or the like on which the user can perform an input operation for starting or stopping the process may be displayed on the screen.
  • the registered cattle herd does not match the current cattle herd.
  • a character color or a background color different from other cells is applied to the cell indicating the “current cattle herd” of the ID01000313, and the visibility of the cell is improved. Thereby, it is possible to more reliably notify the user of livestock not managed in an appropriate area.
  • the position determination unit 103 determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1a is transmitted from within a predetermined distance range of the communication device 2b.
  • the stay determination unit 105 of the server device 3 determines whether the individual identification signal determined to have been transmitted from the vicinity is transmitted from the vicinity of the same communication device 2b for a predetermined time or more. Thereby, it is possible to determine whether or not the livestock A1 wearing the transmission device 1a has stayed in the vicinity of the communication device 2b for a predetermined time or more. That is, it is possible to determine that the user is not only passing through the vicinity of the communication device 2b but is staying in an area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2b.
  • the stay determination part 105 can identify the target area
  • the processing of the position determination unit 103 with relatively low processing cost is executed by the communication device 2, and only the data related to the individual identification signal that satisfies the determination condition is transmitted to the server device 3.
  • the server apparatus 3 can perform a more detailed analysis using the data of the several individual identification signal. Further, it is not necessary to transmit data about all the individual identification signals to the server device 3, and the cost related to the communication processing can be reduced.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating the positional relationship between each area and the communication device 2 according to Modification 1-1.
  • livestock A1 to A3 are managed in a plurality of areas R1 and R2 of the livestock facility, as in FIG.
  • Communication devices 2a and 2b are arranged at the entrance of the region R1, and communication devices 2c and 2d are arranged at the entrance of the region R2.
  • the stay determination unit 105 sets one of the plurality of regions R1 and R2 as the target region based on the region attribute information of the communication devices 2a to 2d associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. It may be determined whether or not the livestock stays in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the identification of the target area can be performed in the same manner as in the above operation example.
  • the stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target region specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals is specified after the target region is specified.
  • the second condition includes (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f). For example, (2e) transmission estimated based on the signal strength of a plurality of individual identification signals It can be a condition for the position of the device.
  • the second condition may include (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals, or (3) other conditions.
  • the condition (4) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3).
  • the condition (2e) will be described with reference to the region R1 in FIG.
  • each communication apparatus 2a, 2b acquires the information of the signal strength about the individual identification signal from the transmission apparatus 1a with which the domestic animal A1 is equipped, respectively, for example, the transmission apparatus 1a and each of the communication apparatuses 2a, 2b
  • the distances L1 and L2 between the two can be calculated.
  • the position of the transmitter 1a that is, the position of the livestock A1 can be calculated in the manner of triangulation.
  • the condition that the position of the transmission device 1a calculated by the plurality of communication devices 2a and 2b is the region R11 away from the entrance in the region R1 is applied.
  • the region R11 may be, for example, a region separated by a predetermined distance or more from each of the communication devices 2a and 2b arranged at the entrance of the region R1, or a region separated by a predetermined distance or more from the entrance of the region R1. Also good. Thereby, it can be determined that the livestock A1 is reliably staying in the region R1.
  • the correspondence pattern between the communication device and the region may be a pattern corresponding to (iii) one region described above, and one communication device 2 corresponding to each region.
  • This pattern (iii) is, for example, a pattern having only the region R1 or the region R2 in FIG.
  • the stay determination unit 105 can execute the determination on the second condition without executing the process of specifying the area.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 according to Modification 1-2.
  • a livestock management system 100 according to this modification includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, and an output unit. 107. Since the livestock management system 100 does not execute the process of determining the area, the livestock management system 100 does not have to include the area determination unit 106 and does not need to consider the correspondence between the communication device 2 and the area.
  • the information storage unit 108 may not be provided.
  • the second condition used for the determination by the stay determination unit 105 includes at least (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the condition (1) may be any of the conditions (1a) to (1e).
  • the second condition may include a condition regarding the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in (2), (3) may be other conditions, and the condition (4) , (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of conditions.
  • the output part 107 can output the determination result of the stay determination part 105, and can notify a user about whether each domestic animal is staying in one target area. Thereby, it can be determined only whether each domestic animal is staying in the target area, and the system configuration can be further simplified.
  • the correspondence pattern of the communication device 2 and the area may be a pattern in which the above-mentioned (iv) only one area corresponds to a plurality of communication apparatuses 2 in each area.
  • This pattern (iv) is, for example, a pattern having only the region R1 or the region R2 in FIG.
  • the stay determination unit 105 can execute the determination on the second condition without executing the process of specifying the area.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 according to Modification 1-3.
  • a livestock management system 100 according to this modification includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, and an output unit. 107 and an attribute information storage unit 108. Since the livestock management system 100 does not execute the process of determining the area, the area determination unit 106 may not be provided.
  • the second condition used for the determination by the stay determination unit 105 includes at least (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f), but as described in Modification 1-1, for example, (2e) a plurality of individual identifications
  • a condition for the position of the transmitter estimated based on the signal strength of the signal may be used.
  • the second condition may include a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in (1), (3) may be other conditions, and the condition (4) , (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of conditions.
  • the output part 107 can output the determination result of the stay determination part 105, and can notify a user about whether each domestic animal is staying in one target area.
  • the livestock management system 100 may include a first communication device 2A and a second communication device 2B instead of the communication device 2.
  • the first communication device 2A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1, and transmits the individual identification signal to the second transmission device 2B.
  • the second communication device 2B receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication device 2A, and transmits data about the individual identification signal received via the network N to the server device 3.
  • the first communication device 2A functions as a reception device similar to the communication device 2, and the second communication device 2B functions as a relay device.
  • the first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B may have the same hardware configuration as the communication device 2 described above. For example, the communication between the first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B may use the first communication unit 22 or another communication circuit.
  • the livestock management system 100 may have three or more communication devices 2.
  • the communication device 2 adds predetermined information to the received individual identification signal, and transmits the individual identification signal to which the predetermined information is added to the terminal device 4.
  • the predetermined information includes, for example, (a) device information of the communication device 2, (b) information on signal strength when received by one or more communication devices located in the target region, and (c) target region. (D) Other information, or a combination of the information (a) to (d) may be used.
  • the position determination unit 103 may be realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
  • the function of the communication device 2 may be realized by the terminal device 4.
  • the terminal device 4 when executing the stay monitoring process, the terminal device 4 is arranged at a position corresponding to the target area to function as the communication device 2, and after the stay monitoring process is completed, the determination result is output by the terminal device 4.
  • the terminal device 4 when the terminal device 4 is a PC or the like, the terminal device 4 may be always installed at a position corresponding to the target area.
  • the terminal device 4 is a portable information terminal such as a smartphone or a tablet
  • the terminal device 4 may be arranged at a position corresponding to the target area only during the stay monitoring process and moved after the stay monitoring process.
  • the livestock management system 100 includes at least one information processing device (in the above example, the terminal device 4 or the server device 3) that includes at least the data acquisition unit 104 and the stay determination unit 105 described above.
  • a management device that is, as the transmission device, the communication device, and the like, a widely used device or a device that is not controlled by the management device can be applied.
  • the transmission device 1 is not limited to the above-described configuration.
  • the transmission device 1 may include a sensor unit 14 that acquires information about the surrounding environment.
  • the signal transmission unit 101 of the transmission device 1 transmits the sensor data from the sensor unit 14 together with the individual identifier, and the communication device 2, the server device 3, the terminal device 4 and the like can receive and utilize the sensor data.
  • the sensor unit 14 may be a position information sensor such as GPS.
  • the sensor unit 14 can also function as a position information acquisition unit that acquires position information of the transmission device 1. Thereby, the position determination part 103 and / or the stay determination part 105 can perform a determination process using this position information.
  • the sensor unit 14 may include a livestock vital sensor for outputting livestock vital data, such as an activity sensor such as a vibration sensor or an acceleration sensor, a body temperature sensor, or the like.
  • livestock vital data such as an activity sensor such as a vibration sensor or an acceleration sensor, a body temperature sensor, or the like.
  • the control unit 31 or the like of the server device 3 can store the received sensor data in the attribute information storage unit 108 in association with the individual identifier.
  • the output unit 107 may display the sensor data information to the user together with the determination result of the stay monitoring process, for example, or may output the sensor data in response to the user's request.
  • the sensor unit 14 may include a sensor capable of measuring data related to climate such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed, and atmospheric pressure.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 in Modification 1-5.
  • the position determination unit 103 may be realized by the control unit 31 of the server device 3.
  • all the individual identification signals can be transmitted to the server device 3 without filtering the individual identification signals received by the communication device 2.
  • the server device 3 can also use sensor data of an individual identification signal having a low signal strength (RSSI), and can also perform position determination with high accuracy.
  • RSSI signal strength
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 in Modification 1-6. As shown in the figure, the livestock management system 100 may be configured without the position determination unit.
  • the signal receiving unit 102 may have a directivity for receiving the individual identification signal, and may be configured to receive only the individual identification signal transmitted from the direction within the target region.
  • the data acquisition part 104 can acquire the data about the several individual identification signal transmitted from the transmitter 1 of the position with which the livestock was mounted
  • the signal receiving unit 102 configured as described above can be realized by adjusting the directivity of the antenna of the first communication unit 22 and the like.
  • the data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 by the communication method corresponding to the target area.
  • the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1 has a plurality of communication circuits of different communication methods, and is configured to be able to switch communication methods inside and outside the target area.
  • the communication unit 13 is switched to a communication method capable of short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark) and infrared communication within the target region, and a communication method (for example, a longer communication distance outside the target region (for example, (Communication system using radio waves in a frequency band of about several hundred MHz).
  • the switching method of the communication unit 13 in the transmission device 1 is not particularly limited, and may be switched based on an external individual identification signal, or may be switched based on information such as a sensor mounted in the transmission device 1.
  • the signal receiving unit 102 of the communication device 2 is configured to be able to receive an individual identification signal based on a communication scheme corresponding to the target area, and not to be able to receive an individual identification signal based on a communication scheme not corresponding to the target area.
  • the signal receiving part 102 can receive only the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmitter 1 located in the target region. Further, after the signal receiving unit 102 receives the individual identification signal regardless of the communication method, only the individual identification signal of the communication method corresponding to the target area may be transmitted to the server device 3.
  • the output unit 107 is not limited to the configuration realized by the terminal device 4.
  • the output unit 107 may be realized by the communication device 2.
  • the communication device 2 includes a light emitting diode (LED), a speaker, a display device, and the like that can be turned on, and the output unit 107 is realized by these configurations.
  • the server device 3 can transmit an individual identification signal for output instruction to the output unit 107 of the communication device 2 via the network N or the like.
  • the communication device 2 (output unit 107) at the position corresponding to the target area The user can be notified by turning on.
  • the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may output a sound such as an alarm sound or an announcement.
  • the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may display on the display device that an inappropriate group of livestock has been lost, identification information of the livestock, or the like.
  • the output unit 107 may be realized by the transmission device 1.
  • the transmission device 1 includes LEDs, speakers, and the like that can be turned on, and the output unit 107 is realized by these configurations.
  • the server device 3 can transmit the individual identification signal of the output instruction to the output unit 107 of the transmission device 1 via the communication device 2. For example, if the target area where the livestock where the stay monitoring process has been performed does not match the area registered in the attribute information storage unit 108, the transmission device 1 (output unit 107) to which the livestock is attached is turned on. By doing so, the user can be notified.
  • the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may output an alarm sound.
  • the data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the plurality of transmission devices 1, and the stay determination unit 105 may execute a stay determination process based on this data.
  • the stay determination unit 105 can acquire information on the positions of the plurality of transmission devices 1 (livestock) at a certain point in time based on the plurality of individual identification signals whose positions are determined by the position determination unit 103.
  • the stay determination unit 105 can analyze the movement history of the plurality of transmission devices 1, that is, the behavior history of the plurality of domestic animals, by analyzing the plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the respective transmission devices at different times. . Thereby, it can be determined based on the movement of other livestock whether each livestock is staying in the target area.
  • the stay monitoring process of the present embodiment can be applied not only to a livestock management system but also to a human monitoring system. That is, the monitoring system includes at least a stay determination unit, and the stay determination unit is data about a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from a transmission device that is attached to the subject and is located in a target region where the subject can stay. Based on the above, it is determined whether or not the target person stays in the target area.
  • the target area may be a living room of the target person, a facility where the target person may stay, an area in the facility where the target person stays, and the like.
  • the person watching system can confirm the authority of the terminal device when outputting the determination result, and can output a limited result according to the authority. Thereby, it is possible to sufficiently disclose information to family members and related persons, and it is possible to prevent the result of the system from being used with an unauthorized intention.
  • livestock management system can manage pets, search for pets whose whereabouts are lost, etc. Can be applied to.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to the second embodiment of the present technology.
  • the livestock management system 200 includes a plurality of transmission devices 1 that respectively transmit individual identification signals, a plurality of communication devices 2 that respectively receive individual identification signals from the plurality of transmission devices 1, and these
  • the server apparatus 3 which performs a process based on the individual identification signal received by the communication apparatus 2, and the terminal device 4 used by a user are provided.
  • symbol is attached
  • an object of the present embodiment is to provide a livestock management system and a livestock management method capable of easily registering devices in addition to the above-described problems.
  • the “device” here refers to a device capable of communicating an individual identification signal in a local range in the livestock facility, and includes, for example, the transmission device 1 and the communication device 2.
  • identification information in the following description is a collective term for identification information for identifying a device, including the individual identifier of the transmission device 1 described in the above embodiment and the device information of the communication device 2. .
  • attribute information is a collective term for information on device attributes, including area management target information of the transmission apparatus 1 and area attribute information of the communication apparatus 2.
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of each device included in the livestock management system 200.
  • the livestock management system 200 differs from the livestock management system 100 described in FIG. 2 in that the communication device 2 further includes a third communication unit 24.
  • the third communication unit 24 of the communication device 2 includes a communication circuit and an antenna of a communication method different from the first and second communication methods described above, and can communicate with the first communication unit 43 of the terminal device 4. Composed.
  • the third communication unit 24 is configured to be capable of short-range wireless communication, and has a configuration capable of wireless communication such as communication using electromagnetic waves or infrared rays, or communication using an electric field.
  • the first communication unit 43 may be capable of near field communication such as NFC.
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the livestock management system 200 and the flow of processing.
  • the livestock management system 200 includes a reception unit 110, an identification information transmission unit 111, an identification information reception unit 112, an identification information acquisition unit 113, a registration unit 114, and an attribute information storage unit 108.
  • the identification information transmission unit 111 is realized by the third communication unit 24 of the communication device 2.
  • the identification information receiving unit 112 is realized by the first communication unit 43 of the terminal device 4.
  • the reception unit 110, the identification information acquisition unit 113, and the registration unit 114 are realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 is realized by the storage unit 32 of the server device 3.
  • the accepting unit 110 accepts an input operation from the user.
  • the reception unit 110 receives information input from the input operation unit 26 of the terminal device 4.
  • the accepting unit 110 accepts, for example, input information on the attribute of the device to be described later.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores a plurality of pieces of attribute information regarding attributes of devices such as the communication device 2 and the transmission device 1.
  • the plurality of attribute information here refers to a plurality of attribute information corresponding to one device.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores a plurality of area attribute information regarding the attributes of the communication device 2.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores management target information of a plurality of areas regarding the attributes of the transmission device 1.
  • the plurality of attribute information includes information before being associated with the identification information and associated attribute information.
  • the plurality of attribute information may be information based on a user input operation received by the receiving unit 110.
  • the attribute information may include information about one area corresponding to the position of the device among the plurality of areas.
  • the attribute information includes information on a group of livestock managed in an area corresponding to the position of the equipment, information on the relative position of the equipment or the area in the livestock facility, and information on the absolute position of the equipment or the area ( Latitude, longitude, etc.) and other device descriptions.
  • the identification information transmission unit 111 transmits device identification information.
  • the identification information transmission unit 111 transmits, for example, device information of the communication device 2.
  • the identification information receiving unit 112 receives the device identification information transmitted from the identification information transmission unit 111, for example, device information.
  • the identification information may include an individual identifier as described above.
  • the identification information may include information on the absolute position of the device acquired by GPS or the like, and may include information for identifying other devices. Alternatively, the identification information may include a plurality of pieces of information described above.
  • the transmission timing of the identification information is not particularly limited. For example, a transmission request may be transmitted from the terminal device 4 side having the identification information receiving unit 112 to the communication device 2 having the identification information transmission unit 111 unit.
  • the transmission request may be transmitted by an input operation by the user.
  • the identification information receiving unit 112 may receive device information transmitted by proximity wireless communication.
  • Near-field wireless communication refers to near-field wireless communication of, for example, about several centimeters to 1 m, and examples include a communication method using RFID such as NFC and ISO / IEC 14443, and a communication method such as infrared communication.
  • the identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires the transmitted identification information.
  • the identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires device information transmitted from the communication device 2, for example.
  • the identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires device information transmitted from the communication device 2 by proximity wireless communication.
  • the registration unit 114 registers the acquired identification information and the attribute information of the device selected from the plurality of attribute information in association with each other as registration information.
  • the registration unit 114 can register the acquired device information and region attribute information selected from the plurality of region attribute information in association with each other as registration information.
  • the attribute information may be selected by a user input operation via the reception unit 110.
  • the registration unit 114 can check the information on the absolute position of the device stored as the attribute information and select information that matches or is close to the information. .
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 of the present embodiment associates the identification information for identifying the device that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals with the attribute information of the device identified by the identification information, and stores it as registration information. can do.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 associates the device information that identifies the communication device 2 that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals with the attribute information of the communication device 2 that is identified by the device information, and stores it as registration information. .
  • the server device 3 provides an example of providing a livestock management application to the terminal device 4 in the form of a web application.
  • the livestock management application may be provided in the form of a local application that is installed in the terminal device 4 and communicates with the server device 3.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of region attribute information input processing of the livestock management system 200.
  • the processing of ST501 to ST504 is executed by the terminal device 4, and the processing of ST601 to ST604 is executed by the server device 3.
  • the terminal device 4 in which the livestock management application is activated requests the server device 3 to execute a program in the application and transmit an area attribute information input screen (ST501).
  • the terminal device 4 may request transmission based on a user input operation or the like via the input operation unit 26.
  • Server device 3 receives a transmission request or the like (ST601), and transmits an area attribute information input screen to terminal device 4 (ST602).
  • Terminal apparatus 4 receives the region attribute information input screen and displays the screen on display unit 45 (ST502).
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of an input screen for region attribute information displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4.
  • an attribute information input field 456a and an attribute information input field 456b are displayed.
  • the name of an area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2 can be input in the attribute information input field 456a.
  • the attribute information input field 456b descriptions of the area, the communication device 2, and the like can be freely described according to the user's needs.
  • the user can transmit the input information by tapping or clicking the registration button 456c after inputting attribute information in these input fields 456a and 456b.
  • attribute information 457a already stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 is displayed as “name” and “description”.
  • registration status information 457b is displayed on the input screen G1.
  • the tab “Registered” in the registration status information 457b indicates that the attribute information is already associated with the identification information and stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 as registration information.
  • a tab “unregistered” represents attribute information that is stored as attribute information but is not associated with identification information.
  • the receiving unit 110 of the terminal device 4 receives an input operation of region attribute information via the input fields 456a and 456b shown in FIG. 23 (ST503), and transmits the input region attribute information to the server device 3 (ST504). .
  • the server device 3 receives the region attribute information (ST603), and stores the region attribute information in the attribute information storage unit 108 (ST604).
  • the following device registration processing is executed using the area attribute information stored in this way.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of attribute information input processing of the livestock management system 200.
  • the processing of ST701 to ST706 is executed by the terminal device 4
  • the processing of ST801 to ST804 is executed by the server device 3
  • the processing of ST901 to ST904 is executed by the communication device 2.
  • the terminal device 4 in which the livestock management application is activated requests the server device 3 to execute a program in the application and transmit a registration screen (ST701).
  • the terminal device 4 may request transmission based on a user input operation or the like via the input operation unit 26.
  • the registration screen here is a screen displayed on the terminal device 4 when executing the device registration process, and may be a screen for inducing a transmission request for device information, for example.
  • the server device 3 may transmit a plurality of registration screens that can be displayed in the device registration process to the terminal device 4 or transmit a necessary registration screen every time a request from the terminal device 4 is received. May be.
  • Server apparatus 3 receives a transmission request or the like (ST801), and transmits a registration screen to terminal apparatus 4 (ST802).
  • Terminal apparatus 4 receives the registration screen and displays the screen on display unit 45 (ST702).
  • the terminal device 4 requests transmission of device information to the communication device 2 that desires device registration in accordance with the guidance of the registration screen.
  • device information is communicated by proximity wireless communication.
  • the user who operates the terminal device 4 brings the terminal device 4 close to the communication device 2 that desires device registration.
  • the communication device 2 receives the transmission request (ST901), and accordingly transmits device information by proximity wireless communication (ST902).
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of a registration screen that is displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4 and accepts selection of region attribute information.
  • a registration screen G2 On the registration screen G2, a plurality of area attribute information 458a to 458e stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 are displayed as options.
  • registration buttons 459a to 459e are displayed corresponding to the region attribute information 458a to 458e, respectively. The user taps or clicks the region attribute information registration buttons 459a to 459e corresponding to the communication device 2 that has received the device information from the displayed plurality of region attribute information 458a to 458e.
  • registration section 114 associates the acquired device information with the area attribute information of communication device 2 selected from the plurality of area attribute information, and registers it as registration information (ST706). And the terminal device 4 transmits this registration information to the server apparatus 3 (ST707).
  • Server device 3 receives the registration information (ST803), and attribute information storage section 108 stores the registration information in which the device information is associated with the attribute information of communication device 2 identified by the device information (ST804). .
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 can overwrite the registration information when the device information is already associated with other area attribute information. That is, the attribute information storage unit 108 cancels the association between the device information and the region attribute information, and stores the device information and the selected region attribute information in association with each other.
  • the user receives the identification information from the device installed in the livestock facility using the terminal device 4, and selects appropriate attribute information from the attribute information stored in advance.
  • Device registration can be done easily. Thereby, for example, the trouble of inputting identification information such as a complicated individual identifier of the communication device 2 can be saved, and the device can be easily registered.
  • Modification of this embodiment (Modification 2-1: Modification for further executing stay monitoring process)
  • the device registration process according to the present embodiment can be executed as preparation for the stay monitoring process according to the first embodiment.
  • the device information and area attribute information of the communication device 2, the individual identifier of the transmission device 1, the area management target information, and the like used for the stay monitoring process can be stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 in advance. Therefore, the livestock management system 200 may be able to perform the stay monitoring process according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration and processing flow of the livestock management system 200 according to Modification 2-1.
  • a two-dot chain line indicates a process flow in the stay monitoring process
  • a solid line indicates a process flow in the device registration process of the present embodiment.
  • the livestock management system 200 includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output.
  • the signal transmission unit 101, the signal reception unit 102, the position determination unit 103, the data acquisition unit 104, the stay determination unit 105, the region determination unit 106, the output unit 107, and the attribute information storage unit 108 It is the structure which functions in the stay monitoring process demonstrated in 1 embodiment.
  • the reception unit 110, the identification information transmission unit 111, the identification information reception unit 112, the identification information acquisition unit 113, the registration unit 114, and the attribute information storage unit 108 function in the device registration process according to the present embodiment. It is the structure to do. According to this modification, it is possible to easily execute the device registration process necessary for the stay determination process.
  • Modification 2-2 Modification of device registration other than communication device
  • the registered identification information can be an individual identifier that can identify the transmission device 1
  • the registered attribute information can be management target information of an area for the attribute of the transmission device 1.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores management target information of a plurality of areas for the transmission device 1.
  • the identification information transmission unit 111 is realized by the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1 and transmits an individual identifier.
  • the identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires the individual identifier transmitted from the transmission device 1.
  • the registration unit 114 associates the acquired individual identifier with the management target information of the area selected from the management target information of the plurality of areas and registers it as registration information.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores registration information in which the individual identifier is associated with the management target information of the area of the transmission device 1 identified by the individual identifier.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 stores an area management object information database for storing area management object information about the transmission apparatus 1 and an area attribute information database for storing area attribute information about the communication apparatus 2. It may be. Thereby, the apparatus registration process of both the transmission apparatus 1 and the communication apparatus 2 can be performed as an apparatus.
  • the livestock management system 200 includes the first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B
  • the first communication device 2A and the second communication device The device registration process can be executed with each 2B as “device”.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a transition example of the registration screens G21 and G22 according to Modification 2-3.
  • a plurality of attribute information 458a to 458e stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 are displayed as options.
  • the attribute information 458a, 458c, 458e is displayed as “registered”.
  • a request for device information is transmitted from the terminal device 4 to the registered communication device 2 (S1).
  • the message M1 is displayed on the registration screen G21.
  • the message M1 may be displayed, for example, “This device has already been registered as the breast feeding machine B. Do you want to cancel the registration?”
  • the screen transitions to a registration screen G22. If the user does not approve (S3), message 1 is deleted and the screen returns to registration screen G21.
  • attribute information registration buttons 459a to 459e corresponding to the attribute information 458a to 458e are displayed.
  • the registration buttons 459a, 459c, and 459e corresponding to the attribute information “registered” are described as “overwrite registration”.
  • the registration unit 114 selects the acquired identification information and the attribute selected from the plurality of attributes. Information may be associated and overwritten as registered information. In this case, you may return to the registration screen G21 (S4).
  • a confirmation message M2 may be further displayed (S6).
  • the message M2 can be displayed, for example, “Other device has already been registered, but do you want to overwrite it?”.
  • S7 the screen transitions to the registration screen G22. If the user does not approve (S8), the message M2 is deleted and the screen returns to the registration screen G22.
  • the registration screen G21 is displayed, if a request for identification information is transmitted from the terminal device 4 to the unregistered communication device 2 (S9), the registration screen G22 is not displayed without displaying the message M1. You may transition to.
  • This modification allows the user to be notified of the registration status of the device during registration, thereby preventing registration errors.
  • the registration information may be deleted based on a user input operation or the like. Thereby, registration information can be appropriately deleted for the removed device and the like, and confusion can be prevented.
  • the livestock management system 200 may be configured not to include the transmission device 1 when only the device registration process of the communication device 2 is executed.
  • the livestock management system 200 may be configured not to include the communication device 2 when only the device registration process of the transmission device 1 is executed.
  • the livestock management system 200 may include a plurality of terminal devices 4 connected to the server device 3 via the network N.
  • the receiving unit 110 may be realized by a plurality of terminal devices 5.
  • the attribute information input operation may be performed by one terminal device 5, and the attribute information selection operation in the device registration process may be performed by another terminal device 4.
  • the registration unit 114 or the identification information acquisition unit 113 and the registration unit 114 are not limited to the example realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4, and may be realized by the control unit 31 of the server device 3.
  • the attribute information storage unit 108 may be realized by the storage unit 42 of the terminal device 4 instead of the server device 3.
  • the livestock management system 200 can be configured not to include the server device 3.
  • the communication apparatus 2 has been described as including the third communication unit 24, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the communication device 2 does not have the third communication unit 24, the identification information transmission unit 111 of the communication device 2 is realized by the first communication unit 22 and / or the second communication unit 23, and the identification information is It may be transmitted by the first communication unit 22 and / or the second communication unit 23.
  • the communication device 2 may not have the third communication unit 24, and the terminal device 4 may function as a reader that can read a barcode, an apparatus identifier, and the like added to the communication device 2.
  • the terminal device 4 does not have an identification information receiving unit, and a camera (not shown) can capture these barcodes and identifiers and acquire the captured information as identification information.
  • the barcode and the device identifier may be printed directly on the communication device 2 or may be printed on a tag or the like attached to the communication device 2.
  • the barcode may be a two-dimensional barcode such as a QR code (registered trademark).
  • the device registration process of the present embodiment can be applied not only to a livestock management system but also to a human watching system. That is, the watching system includes at least an attribute information storage unit, an identification information acquisition unit, and a registration unit.
  • the attribute information storage unit stores a plurality of attribute information including attribute information of the transmission device attached to the subject.
  • the identification information acquisition unit acquires the identification information of the transmission device attached to the subject.
  • the registration unit associates the acquired identification information with the attribute information selected from the plurality of attribute information and registers it as registration information. Also, in the watching system, device registration processing may be possible for a communication device located in the target area.
  • the person watching system can confirm the authority of the terminal device when outputting the determination result, and can output a limited result according to the authority. Thereby, it is possible to sufficiently disclose information to family members and related persons, and it is possible to prevent the result of the system from being used with an unauthorized intention.
  • the communication device may be installed at a position corresponding to an area provided in the livestock facility.
  • the communication device When installed in livestock facilities, it may be installed outdoors and is susceptible to the effects of weather such as rain, wind and snow. Moreover, when installing in several places, the structure with easy installation is desired. Therefore, in addition to the above-described problems, the present embodiment aims to provide a communication device that has high durability against the influence of weather and can be easily installed.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic side view showing a communication device 300 according to the third embodiment of the present technology.
  • an X axis, a Y axis, and a Z axis indicate three axial directions that are orthogonal to each other. Indicates a planar direction.
  • the Z-axis direction corresponds to “uniaxial direction” in the present embodiment.
  • the communication device 300 can be applied as the communication device 2 (including the first and second communication devices 2A and 2B) described in the first and second embodiments.
  • the communication device 300 includes a main body part 310, an attachment part 320, and a cap part 330.
  • the main body 310 extends along the Z-axis direction from the first end 310a toward the second end 310b.
  • the attachment portion 320 is for installing the communication device 300 connected to the first end portion 310 a of the main body portion 310.
  • the attachment part 320 is comprised so that attachment to the front-end
  • the cap part 330 is connected to the second end part 310b. That is, the communication device 300 is configured in a rod shape extending along the Z-axis direction as a whole, and can be attached to the tip of the structure G. With such a configuration, the communication device 300 can have a configuration with a low fluid resistance and strong against wind, rain, snow, and the like. In addition, the communication device 300 can be easily installed by being attached to the tip of the structure G.
  • the rod-shaped structure G is composed of, for example, a wooden or resin pile, a metal rod, or the like.
  • the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the structure G is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a circle, an ellipse, a polygon, or other shapes.
  • the structure G can use what is generally marketed, and what has already been used in livestock facilities etc.
  • the structure G is a pile that is widely used in livestock facilities.
  • such a pile has a height of about 1 to 1.5 m (length in the Z-axis direction), a circular cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction, and a diameter of about 50 to 100 mm. possible.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 29 as viewed from the X-axis direction.
  • the attachment portion 320 includes a connection portion 321 connected to the first end portion 310a of the main body portion 310 and an opening portion 322 that opens in the Z-axis direction.
  • the connection part 321 is configured to be able to attach a cover 313 of the main body part 310 described later, and may be formed in a part of the opening part 322.
  • the opening 322 is configured to be able to insert the tip of the structure G, for example.
  • the opening 322 can be appropriately designed so as to conform to the tip shape of the structure G, but is configured in a cylindrical shape, for example.
  • the attachment portion 320 can be easily attached to the tip of the structure G.
  • the attachment part 320 may have a plurality of screws 323 that can be fastened to the structure G. Thereby, the connection with the structure G can be strengthened, and the drop-off from the structure G of the communication apparatus 300 can be prevented.
  • the attachment part 320 is comprised by the said structure at the cylindrical shape as a whole.
  • the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the attachment portion 320 may be substantially the same shape as the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the main body portion 310.
  • the whole communication apparatus 300 can be comprised in the column shape which has substantially the same cross-sectional structure, and fluid resistance can be reduced. Therefore, durability against wind and the like can be reduced.
  • the cap portion 330 includes a top portion 331 protruding in the Z-axis direction, a tapered surface 332 formed from the top portion 331 toward the second end portion 310b in the present embodiment, And a connection portion 333 connected to the second end portion 310b.
  • the top portion 331 may have a sharp structure, but as shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the top portion 331 may have a flat surface having an area smaller than the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the connection portion 333.
  • the top part 331 may be comprised by the convex surface, for example, may be formed continuously from the taper surface 332.
  • the non-sharp top 331 can ensure safety in the event of a livestock collision.
  • the tapered surface 332 is configured as a peripheral surface of a truncated cone. Or the taper surface 332 may be comprised by the some flat surface like the surrounding surface of a truncated pyramid, and may be comprised by the some curved surface.
  • moisture such as rain and snow, organic matter, and the like attached to the cap portion 330 can be dropped downward in the vertical direction (Z-axis direction). Thereby, it is possible to prevent the main body 310, particularly the cover 313, from being stained. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the efficiency of solar power generation of the power generation unit 315a described later.
  • connection portion 333 is configured to be able to connect a cover 313 (described later) of the main body portion 310.
  • the cross-sectional area perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the connecting portion 333 is configured to be larger than the cross-sectional area (area of the region surrounded by the cover 313) perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the main body 310 described later.
  • the diameter of the cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the connection portion 333 is configured to be larger than the diameter of the cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the main body portion 310. Thereby, the main body 310 can be further prevented from being soiled.
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the communication device 300.
  • the main body 310 includes a first unit casing 311a, a second unit casing 311b, a third unit casing 311c, a fourth unit casing 311d, and a cover 313. And have.
  • the first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d are all installed inside the cover 313 along the Z-axis direction.
  • the first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d are each configured in a cylindrical shape having an axial direction along the Z-axis direction, and each unit housing is connected to an adjacent unit housing in a uniaxial direction.
  • the first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d have the same shape.
  • the fourth unit housing 311d is connected to the third unit housing 311c in the Z-axis direction
  • the third unit housing 311c is connected to the second unit housing 311b in the Z-axis direction
  • the second unit housing 311b is connected to the first unit housing 311a in the Z-axis direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the second unit housing 311b and the third unit housing 311c is, for example, the same as the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the first unit housing 311a.
  • the cross-sectional shape can be circular in the present embodiment, and the entire peripheral surface of the main body 310 can be configured with a smooth surface with less unevenness.
  • the cost of storage and packing can also be suppressed by comprising in a column shape as a whole in this way.
  • Adjacent unit casings 311a to 311d for example, the first unit casing 311a and the second unit casing 311b are connected via a connector 312 that can be attached and detached in the Z-axis direction.
  • the connectors 312 have the same shape as will be described later.
  • the cover 313 has a first end portion 310a and a second end portion 310b, and has a hollow shape extending along the Z-axis direction from the first end portion 310a toward the second end portion 310b. Have. Since the main body 310 has a cover, the durability of the communication device 300 can be further improved.
  • the hollow shape is configured to accommodate each of the unit casings 311a to 311d.
  • the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the cover 313 is not particularly limited.
  • the cross-sectional shape may be a circle, an ellipse, or a polygon.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 may be configured to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of each of the unit housings 311a to 311d, for example. “Corresponding shape” means, for example, a similar shape larger than the cross-sectional shape of the unit housing.
  • the cross-sectional shape of each of the unit casings 311a to 311d is circular as in the present embodiment, the cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 is configured as a circle having a larger diameter than the circle related to the cross-sectional shape of the unit casing.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 may be different from the cross-sectional shapes of the unit housings 311a to 311d, for example.
  • unevenness may be formed on a part of the inner surface of the cover 313. Such unevenness may be used for alignment between unit housings.
  • the cover 313 as a whole has translucency, and is made of a translucent material such as resin (polycarbonate, acrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyurethane, etc.), glass, or the like.
  • both end portions of the cover 313 constitute first and second end portions 310a and 310b of the main body portion 310, and the attachment portion 320 and the cap portion 330 are connected to each.
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view of the third unit housing 311c
  • FIG. 33A is a plan view of the third unit housing 311c
  • FIG. 33B is a bottom view of the third unit housing 311c.
  • unit casing 311 since the schematic configuration of the unit casings 311a to 311d is the same in this embodiment, these unit casings are collectively referred to as “unit casing 311”, and the third unit casing 311c is referred to as a unit casing.
  • the unit housing 311 includes a first connection end 311e, a second connection end 311f, and a cylindrical portion 311g.
  • the first connection end 311e is formed downward in the Z-axis direction (on the attachment portion 320 side), and is configured as a bottom portion of the unit housing 311, for example.
  • the second connection end 311f is formed on the upper side in the Z-axis direction (cap section 330 side). That is, the first connection end 311e and the second connection end 311f are arranged to face each other in the Z-axis direction.
  • the second connection end 311f is configured, for example, as a lid on the upper side in the Z-axis direction of the unit housing 311. When the second connection end 311f is configured as a lid, it may be screwed to the cylinder 311g.
  • the cylindrical portion 311g is formed between the first and second connection end portions 311e and 311f, and is configured in a cylindrical shape in the present embodiment.
  • the material of the unit housing 311 is not particularly limited, and for example, metal, resin, or the like can be applied.
  • the first connection end 311e of each unit casing 311 is configured to be compatible with the second connection end 311f of the other unit casing 311a.
  • the unevenness of the first connection end 311e can be matched with the unevenness of the second connection end 311f and can be closely adhered.
  • the plurality of unit housings 311a to 311d can be stacked in the Z-axis direction. Therefore, the unit housing 311 can be standardized, the unit housings 311 having various functions can be freely combined according to applications, and the communication device 300 having an appropriate function according to each place can be configured. it can.
  • the unevenness of the first and second connection end portions 311e and 311f also includes unevenness due to the shape of connectors 312a and 312b described later. With such a configuration, it is easy to assemble the main body 310 and to change the number and arrangement of unit housings.
  • the first connection end 311e and the second connection end 311f include connectors 312 for electrically connecting the unit casings 311a to 311d (see FIG. 31). These connectors 312 are all configured in the same shape. Thereby, the unit housing
  • the first connection end 311e includes a male connector 312a
  • the second connection end 311f includes a female connector 312b.
  • the male connector 312a of the first connection end 311e is connected to the female connector 312b of the second unit housing 311b in the Z-axis direction, and the female connector of the second connection end 311f.
  • the connector 312b is connected to the male connector 312a of the fourth unit housing 311d in the Z-axis direction.
  • Each of these connectors 312 (312a, 312b) is connected to a substrate disposed in the unit casing 311 and is responsible for electrical connection between the unit casings 311.
  • the electrical connection means that an interface (I / F) of a power system and an I / F for data communication are connected via a connector 312.
  • the power system I / F is configured by a power supply bus
  • the data communication I / F is configured by a data communication bus.
  • the power supply bus and the data communication bus are configured as serial buses capable of serial communication, for example, more specifically, as serial buses such as SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) and I 2 C (Inter-Integrated Circuit). Can be done.
  • circuit boards 314a to 314d circuit boards 314a to 314d (circuit boards 314a to 314d are collectively referred to as circuit boards 314) connected to the connector 312 are arranged. Is done. Electronic components and the like are mounted on the circuit board 314.
  • the male connector 312a includes a first terminal 312c
  • the female connector 312b includes a second terminal 312d.
  • the first terminal 312c is electrically connected to the second terminal 312d of the adjacent unit casing 311.
  • the second terminal 312d is also electrically connected to the first terminal 312c of the adjacent unit casing 311. Is done. Since these first and second terminals 312c and 312d are both connected to the circuit board 314 (314c), the electronic components of the adjacent unit housings 311 can be electrically connected to each other.
  • the main body 310 further includes a power supply unit 315, a first communication unit 316, a second communication unit 317, and a third communication unit 318.
  • the power supply unit 315 is accommodated in the first unit housing 311a.
  • the first communication unit 316 is accommodated in the second unit housing 311b.
  • the second communication unit 317 is accommodated in the third unit housing 311c.
  • the third communication unit 318 is accommodated in the fourth unit housing 311d.
  • the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315, the second communication unit 317 and the power supply unit 315, and the third communication unit 318 and the power supply unit 315 are respectively connected via the connector 312. Connected on supply bus. Further, the communication units 316, 317, and 318 are also connected to the data communication bus via the connector 312.
  • FIG. 35 is a side view of the first unit housing 311a that houses the power supply unit 315
  • FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit housing 311a.
  • the cross section shown in FIG. 36 corresponds to the cross section seen from the AA direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the X-axis direction).
  • the power supply unit 315 supplies power to the first to third communication units 316 to 318.
  • the power supply unit 315 includes a power generation unit 315a and a power storage unit 315b.
  • the power generation unit 315a generates power according to the surrounding environment.
  • the power generation unit 315a may generate power using, for example, energy based on at least one of light, heat, vibration, radio waves including a far electromagnetic field and a near electromagnetic field, and a specific organic substance and inorganic substance. Good.
  • the power generation unit 315a may generate power using a plurality of the above-described energies.
  • the power generation method may be any of electrostatic type, electromagnetic type, inverse magnetostrictive type, piezoelectric type and the like.
  • the power generation unit 315a may generate power using light (for example, an indoor light bulb or sunlight).
  • the power generation unit 315a may be a thermoelectric conversion element that generates power using a temperature difference (heat) (for example, a power generation by the Seebeck effect or the Thomson effect, a thermionic power generation element, or a thermomagnetic power generation).
  • the power generation unit 315a may be an enzyme battery (also referred to as a bio battery) that generates power using sugar.
  • the power generation unit 315a uses any of LCR (inductance, capacitance, reactance) components, or a combination thereof, and capacitive coupling or electromagnetic coupling by a capacitor, a capacitor, an antenna, a rectenna, etc. It may be a thing.
  • the power generation unit 315a may be a unit that performs near electromagnetic field power generation, that is, a unit that generates power using energy obtained by bringing the transmission device close to a predetermined device.
  • a known method such as a magnetic field resonance method, an electromagnetic induction method, an electric field coupling method, an electric field resonance method, or the like can be applied.
  • known power generation elements other than those illustrated can be applied.
  • the power generation unit 315a is configured as a photovoltaic power generator that generates power using ambient light, and includes a solar power generation film 315c.
  • the photovoltaic power generation film 315c is made of a flexible film, and has a thickness of about 0.01 to 1 mm, for example.
  • the photovoltaic power generation film 315c is wound around the Z axis, and is wound, for example, along the peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 311g of the first unit housing 311a.
  • the solar power generation film 315c may be configured, for example, in a cylindrical shape wound around the entire peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 311g and having an axial direction along the Z-axis direction.
  • the cover 313 includes a translucent region 313a around at least the power generation unit 315a. Thereby, interruption
  • the entire cover 313 is configured by the translucent region 313a.
  • the power storage unit 315b is used depending on the purpose such as storing the electric power generated by the power generation unit 315a.
  • the power generated by the power generation unit 315a is stored in the power storage unit 315b and used as power for operating the first communication units 316 to 318.
  • As the power storage unit 315b in addition to various secondary batteries such as lithium ion secondary batteries, electric double layer capacitors, lithium ion capacitors, polyacene organic semiconductor (PAS) capacitors, nanogate capacitors (“Nanogate” Actengel shaft shaft), ceramic capacitors, film capacitors, aluminum electrolytic capacitors, tantalum capacitors, and the like. Depending on the purpose, a combination of these may be used.
  • the power storage unit 315b may be composed of, for example, an olivine type lithium iron phosphate secondary battery. Accordingly, the life of the power storage unit 315b can be extended and the frequency of maintenance can be reduced.
  • the power supply unit 315 may include a power control unit 315d (not shown in FIG. 35, see FIG. 39) in addition to the power generation unit 315a and the power storage unit 315b.
  • the power control unit 315d is configured by, for example, an integrated circuit (IC) including one element or a plurality of elements.
  • the IC used for the power supply unit 113 include a switching element such as a transistor, a diode, a reset IC, a regulator IC, a logic IC, and various arithmetic circuits.
  • the circuit configuration inside the IC can be changed as appropriate as long as the function of the power control unit 113 can be realized.
  • the power supply unit 315 can have a configuration without the power generation unit 315a in addition to the above configuration example.
  • the power storage unit 315b may be used as a battery.
  • various primary batteries such as a dry battery, a lithium battery, a mercury battery, and a thermal battery
  • various secondary batteries such as a lithium ion secondary battery, and the like can be applied.
  • the power supply unit 315 may include a power storage unit 315b and a power control unit 315d (see FIG. 39).
  • FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit housing 311b that houses the first communication unit 316.
  • the cross section shown in FIG. 37 corresponds to the cross section seen from the BB direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the Y-axis direction).
  • the first communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate with the first device.
  • the first device may be, for example, the transmission device 1 described in the first and second embodiments, or may be another communication device 300, the terminal device 4, or the server device 3.
  • the first communication unit 316 receives an individual identification signal including an individual identifier of the transmission device 1 (first device).
  • the first communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate using the first communication method.
  • the first communication method can be appropriately selected depending on the configuration of the first device.
  • the first communication method for example, “Wi-Fi (registered trademark)”, “Zigbee (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth Low Energy”, “ANT (registered trademark)”, Communication methods such as “ANT + (registered trademark)” and “EnOcean (registered trademark)”, communication methods using radio waves and infrared rays other than the above communication methods, communication methods using electric fields, communication methods using sound waves, 3G and 4G communication method can be cited.
  • the first communication method may be a wireless communication other than the above or a communication method using wired communication.
  • the first communication unit 316 can perform communication using a communication method using radio waves.
  • the first communication unit 316 can perform communication using a communication method using radio waves in a 920 MHz frequency band.
  • Such a first communication unit 316 enables wireless communication with a first device separated by, for example, several tens of centimeters to several meters.
  • the first communication unit 316 includes, for example, a communication circuit 316a, an antenna 316b, and an MCU 316c mounted on the circuit board 314b.
  • the antenna 316b extends, for example, along the Z-axis direction. Thereby, the receiving sensitivity of the antenna 316b in the XY plane can be made uniform.
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the third unit housing 311 c that houses the second communication unit 317.
  • the cross section shown in FIG. 38 corresponds to the cross section seen from the BB direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the Y-axis direction).
  • the second communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate with the first device, and is configured to be capable of wireless communication with a second device different from the first device.
  • the second device may be the transmission device 1 described in the first and second embodiments, or may be another communication device 300, the terminal device 4, or the server device 3.
  • the second communication unit 317 transmits an individual identification signal including the individual identifier of the transmission device 1 (first device) received by the first communication unit 316 to the second device. Further, the second communication unit 317 can transmit the individual identification signal to the second device when the individual identification signal satisfies a predetermined condition. For example, the second communication unit 317 can transmit the individual identification signal to the second device when the reception intensity of the individual identification signal is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold. In the present embodiment, the second communication unit 317 is configured to be able to perform communication using a second communication method different from the first communication method. The second communication method can be appropriately selected depending on the configuration of the first device and / or the second device.
  • the second communication method for example, “Wi-Fi (registered trademark)”, “Zigbee (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth Low Energy”, “ANT (registered trademark)”, Communication methods such as “ANT + (registered trademark)” and “EnOcean (registered trademark)”, communication methods using radio waves and infrared rays other than the above communication methods, communication methods using electric fields, communication methods using sound waves, 3G and 4G communication method can be cited.
  • the second communication method may be a wireless communication other than the above or a communication method using wired communication.
  • the second communication unit 317 can perform communication using a communication method using Bluetooth Low Energy. Such a second communication unit 317 enables wireless communication with the first device and / or the second device separated by, for example, several centimeters to several tens of centimeters.
  • the second communication unit 317 includes, for example, a communication circuit 317a, an antenna 317b, and an MCU 317c mounted on the circuit board 314c.
  • the third communication unit 318 is configured to be able to communicate with a second device different from the first device.
  • the third communication unit 318 uses the same first communication method as the first communication unit 316. Communication is configured to be possible.
  • the third communication unit 318 includes, for example, a communication circuit 318a, an antenna 318b, and an MCU 318c mounted on the circuit board 314d (see FIG. 39). Since the detailed configuration of the third communication unit 318 is the same as that of the first communication unit 316, the description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 39 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of a communication system using the communication device 300.
  • a communication system 400 illustrated in FIG. 39 includes a transmission device 1, a first communication device 300A, a second communication device 300B, and a terminal device 4.
  • the transmission device 1 and the first communication device 300A communicate with each other using the first communication method and the second communication method.
  • the first communication device 300A and the second communication device 300B communicate with each other using the first communication method.
  • the second communication device 300B and the terminal device 4 communicate with each other using the second communication method.
  • the first communication method is a communication method using radio waves in a frequency band of 920 MHz
  • the second communication method is a communication method using Bluetooth Low Energy.
  • communication between devices according to the first communication method is indicated by a solid line
  • communication between devices according to the second communication method is indicated by a two-dot chain line.
  • the transmission device 1 is the transmission device 1 attached to a living body such as livestock or a person described in the first and second embodiments, and includes a power supply unit 11, a control unit 12, a communication unit 13, and a sensor 14. And have.
  • the power supply unit 11 includes a power generation unit 111, a power storage unit 112, and a power control unit 113.
  • the communication unit 13 includes a plurality of communication circuits and antennas. That is, the communication unit 13 includes a first communication circuit 131a, an antenna 131b corresponding to the first communication circuit 131a, a second communication circuit 132a, and an antenna 132b corresponding to the second communication circuit 132a. .
  • the first communication circuit 131a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 131b.
  • the second communication circuit 132a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 132b.
  • the first communication device 300A is a configuration example of the communication device 300 described above. That is, the first communication device 300A includes a power control unit 315, MCUs 316c, 317c, and 318c, a first communication circuit 316a, a second communication circuit 317a, a third communication circuit 317c, and each communication circuit. Antennas 316b, 317b, and 318b corresponding to.
  • the first communication circuit 316a, the antenna 316b, and the MCU 316c constitute a first communication unit 316.
  • it is assumed that the first communication module 316a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 316b.
  • the second communication module 317a, the antenna 317b, and the MCU 317c constitute a second communication unit 316.
  • the second communication module 317a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 317b.
  • the third communication module 318a, the antenna 318b, and the MCU 318c constitute a third communication unit 318.
  • the third communication circuit 318a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 318b.
  • the “first device” is the transmission device 1
  • the “second device” is the second communication device 300B.
  • the second communication device 300B is a configuration example of the communication device 300 described above. That is, the second communication device 300B includes a power control unit 315, MCUs 316c, 317c, and 318c, a first communication circuit 316a, a second communication circuit 317a, a third communication circuit 317c, and each communication circuit. Antennas 316b, 317b, and 318b corresponding to.
  • the first communication circuit 316a, the antenna 316b, and the MCU 316c constitute a first communication unit 316. In this configuration example, it is assumed that the first communication circuit 316a can perform communication by the first communication method via the antenna 316b.
  • the second communication circuit 317a, the antenna 317b, and the MCU 317c constitute a second communication unit 317. It is assumed that the second communication circuit 317a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 317b.
  • the “first device” in the second communication device 300B is the first communication device 300A, and the “second device” is the terminal device 4.
  • the first communication circuit 316 of the first communication device 300A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication circuit 131a of the transmission device 1.
  • the second communication circuit 317a of the first communication device 300A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the second communication circuit 132a of the transmission device 1.
  • the third communication circuit 318a of the first communication device 300A transmits the individual identification signal received from the transmission device 1 to the second communication device 300B.
  • the first communication circuit 316a of the second communication device 300B receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication device 300A.
  • the second communication circuit 317a of the second communication device 300B transmits the received individual identification signal to the terminal device 4.
  • the individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 can be received by two types of communication methods. .
  • an appropriate communication method can be selected according to the positional relationship and environment of the transmission device 1 and the first communication device 300A.
  • the first communication device 300A includes two communication circuits 316a and 318a having the same communication method (communication method using radio waves in a frequency band of 920 MHz).
  • different communication circuits 316a and 318a can be used for reception and transmission of the individual identification signal. Therefore, even when a large number of individual identification signals are transmitted and received, communication failure can be prevented.
  • Modification of this embodiment (Modification 3-1: Modification of hardware configuration)
  • the hardware configuration of the communication device 300 is not limited to the above example.
  • the main body 310 of the communication device 300 only needs to include at least the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315, and other hardware configurations can be added as necessary.
  • the unit housings are standardized so that they can be stacked, the hardware configuration of the communication device 300 can be easily changed.
  • the main body 310 may include a sensor unit that is accommodated in the unit housing 311 and acquires information related to the surrounding environment. Thereby, the information about the environment around the communication device 300 can be transmitted to other devices and analyzed, which can be useful for the management of livestock.
  • the sensor unit may be able to measure data related to climate such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed, and atmospheric pressure. Thereby, it becomes possible to acquire and analyze information on the climate around the communication device 300.
  • the sensor unit may include an image sensor and an image processing circuit, and image data may be captured and generated using these image sensors. Information on the environment generated by the sensor unit is transmitted to other devices such as the terminal device 4 and the server device 3 by at least one of the first to third communication units 316, 317, and 318.
  • the main body 310 may have a notification unit attached to the unit housing 311 in addition to the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315.
  • the notification unit can notify the user of the environment around the communication device 300, information on the communication device 300 itself, information from other devices to be communicated, and the like.
  • the notification unit may include an LED (Light Emitting Diode) module, a speaker module, a display module, and the like that can be turned on, and may be configured to be notified by a method such as lighting, sound, or display. .
  • the main body unit 310 includes the notification unit, for example, the result of the stay monitoring process of the first embodiment can be transmitted to the communication device 300 and notified.
  • the information is transmitted to the communication device 300 at the position corresponding to the area where the livestock is present, and the user is notified. Can do.
  • each unit housing 311 may be different.
  • the plurality of unit housings 311 have the same first connection end 311e and second connection end 311f, but may have different shapes of cylindrical portions 311g.
  • casing 311 can be laminated
  • the cylindrical portions 311g in the plurality of unit housings 311 may have different lengths in the Z-axis direction. Thereby, the length of an antenna etc. can be adjusted freely.
  • casing 311 may have a different cross-sectional shape.
  • the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the unit casing 311 is not limited to a circle, and may be an ellipse, a polygon, or other symmetric or asymmetric shape.
  • adjacent unit casings 311 are not limited to the connection mode in which they are in direct contact with each other, and may be indirectly connected via components for connection.
  • the shapes of the connectors 312 between the unit housings 311 may all be the same, or at least some of them may be different.
  • the main body 310 may not have a plurality of unit housings.
  • the first communication unit 316, the power supply unit 315, and the like may be housed in a housing extending along the uniaxial direction. Further, at least a part of the housing may be realized by the cover 313.
  • the main body 310 may include five or more unit housings 311. In this case, the size of the cover 313 can be adjusted so that five or more unit housings 311 can be accommodated.
  • the combination of unit housings 311 is not limited to the above example.
  • the main body 310 may include a plurality of power supply units, and may further include a plurality of unit housings 311 that accommodate the power supply units.
  • the communication device 300 can obtain larger power. Moreover, redundancy can be improved by having the electric power supply part which has a photovoltaic generator, and the electric power supply part which has a radio wave receiving generator. Moreover, the main-body part 310 can optimize the structure of an electric power generation part with the installation place of an electric power supply part by having the above module structures. Or the installation place of an electric power supply part can also be adjusted with the structure of an electric power generation part.
  • the main body 310 may not have the cover 313.
  • a buffer material or the like may be sandwiched between the main body 310 and the unit housing 311.
  • the main body 310 may have a dummy unit housing in order to adapt the size of the assembly of the unit housing 311 accommodated in the cover 313 to the cover 313.
  • the dummy unit housing may be configured to be able to perform only electrical connection between adjacent unit housings.
  • cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction may be different depending on the location of the main body 310 as a whole.
  • the cap portion 330 may be a dome shape as a whole or may have other configurations. Further, the material of the cap part 330 is not particularly limited. For example, by forming the cap portion 330 from an elastic material such as rubber or a highly flexible resin, the cap portion 330 can be configured to have high safety even when it comes into contact with livestock.
  • the attachment part 320 is comprised so that attachment to the structure G extended along the Z-axis direction is possible, the structure will not be limited.
  • the attachment part 320 may be configured in a clip type that can sandwich the tip of the structure G.
  • the attaching part 320 may be comprised by the band etc. which can be wound around the front-end
  • the attachment portion 320 may be configured to be able to be strongly bonded to the structure G.
  • an attachment (mount) that can be attached to a structure other than the structure G may be attached to the attachment portion 320 as necessary.
  • the attachment portion 320 may be attached with an attachment that can be attached to a wall surface, a grid-like fence, or the like.
  • a hook-shaped attachment may be attached to the attachment portion 320.
  • the Z-axis direction of the communication device 300 is not limited to the vertical direction, and may be, for example, a direction (sideways) substantially parallel to the planar direction. Or it can also be used by hanging the attachment part 320 from the ceiling or the like of a barn with a hook-like attachment or the like with the attachment part 320 facing upward in the Z-axis direction.
  • a seal member that is disposed between the attachment portion 320 and the structure G may be disposed. Thereby, the penetration
  • this technique can also take the following structures. (1) a cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end; A first communication unit that is accommodated in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with a first device attached to a living body; A power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit, and The first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector. Connected communication device.
  • the communication device according to (1) above, The power supply unit A communication device having a power generation unit that generates power according to the surrounding environment.
  • the power generation unit is a communication device having a photovoltaic generator.
  • the power generation unit includes a solar power generation film wound around the one axis.
  • the communication device according to any one of (1) to (5) above, The communication apparatus which further has the attaching part for installing the said communication apparatus connected to the said 1st edge part.
  • the communication device according to (6) above, The communication device is configured such that the attachment portion can be attached to a tip of a rod-like structure extending along the uniaxial direction.
  • the attachment unit includes a communication device having an opening that opens in the uniaxial direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape is a communication device configured in a circular shape.
  • the communication device according to (8) or (10) above,
  • the first unit housing and the second unit housing are respectively A first connection end and a second connection end disposed opposite to each other in the uniaxial direction; A cylindrical portion formed between the first connection end and the second connection end;
  • the communication device configured such that the first connection end of the second unit casing can be adapted to the second connection end of the first unit casing.
  • a communication apparatus further comprising: a top portion protruding in the uniaxial direction; and a cap portion formed from the top portion toward the second end portion and connected to the second end portion.
  • the communication device includes a communication device having an antenna extending along the uniaxial direction.
  • the communication device according to any one of (1) to (13) above, A communication apparatus further comprising a second communication unit capable of wireless communication with a second device different from the first device.
  • the communication device can perform communication using the first communication method
  • the second communication unit is A communication apparatus capable of communication by a second communication method different from the first communication method.
  • the main body is The first communication unit receives an individual identification signal including identification information of the first device,
  • the second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device.
  • the second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device when the reception intensity of the individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • the living body is a livestock communication device.
  • the living body is a communication device.
  • a transmission device attached to a living body;
  • a cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end;
  • a first communication unit housed in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction and communicating with the transmission device;
  • a power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit, and
  • the first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector.
  • a communication system comprising: a communication device connected to the network.
  • the livestock corresponds to the individual identification signal based on data on a plurality of the individual identification signals transmitted from a transmission device that transmits the individual identification signal that is attached to the livestock and associated with the livestock.
  • a livestock management system comprising a stay determination unit for determining whether or not a person is staying in a target area.
  • a position determination unit that determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device satisfies a first condition for the transmission device to be located in the target region; The stay determination unit determines whether data about the plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition satisfies a second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area. Livestock management system.
  • the livestock management system includes information on signal strength when the plurality of individual identification signals are received by one or more communication devices located in the target region, The livestock management system, wherein the first condition includes a condition that a signal intensity of the individual identification signal belongs to a first intensity range.
  • the livestock management system includes a condition that a signal intensity of the individual identification signal is a predetermined threshold value or more.
  • the livestock management system according to any one of (22) to (24),
  • the data includes information on the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in one communication device located in the target area, The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the data includes signal strength information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals received by a plurality of communication devices located in the target region, The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the livestock management system according to (26) above, The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a position of the transmitting device estimated based on the signal strength of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the livestock management system according to any one of (21) to (27) above, The data includes second identification information for identifying a communication device that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the livestock management system An attribute information storage unit for storing the second identification information and the first characteristic information about the attribute of the communication device identified by the second identification information in association with each other;
  • the first characteristic information includes information about a region corresponding to the position of the communication device,
  • the stay determination unit identifies an area corresponding to the position of the communication device as the target area based on the first characteristic information associated with the second identification information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • a livestock management system for determining whether or not the livestock stays in the specified target area based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
  • the livestock management system includes an individual identifier for identifying a transmission device that is a transmission source of the plurality of individual identification signals
  • the attribute information storage unit further stores the individual identifier and the management target information of the area for the attribute of the transmission device identified by the individual identifier,
  • the management target information of the area includes information about the area corresponding to the livestock wearing the transmission device,
  • the livestock management system When it is determined that the livestock stays in the target area, based on the management target information of the area stored in the attribute information storage unit, the determined target area and the transmission source of the plurality of individual identification signals
  • a livestock management system further comprising: a region determination unit that determines whether or not a region corresponding to a livestock to which the transmission device is attached matches.
  • the attribute information storage unit further stores a plurality of first characteristic information including the first characteristic information of the communication device,
  • the livestock management system An identification information acquisition unit that acquires the second identification information transmitted from the communication device; A registration unit that associates the acquired second identification information with the first characteristic information selected from the plurality of first characteristic information and registers it as registration information; and
  • the attribute information storage unit stores the second identification information and the selected first characteristic information in association with each other based on the registration information.
  • (31) The livestock management system according to (30) above, The livestock management system, wherein the identification information acquisition unit acquires the second identification information transmitted from the communication device by proximity wireless communication.

Abstract

This communication device is provided with a cover, a first communication unit and a power supply unit. The cover has a hollow shape which extends in a uniaxial direction from a first end towards a second end. The first communication unit is housed in a first unit casing arranged inside the cover along the aforementioned uniaxial direction, and communicates with a first device mounted on an organism. The power supply unit is housed in a second unit casing arranged inside of the cover along the uniaxial direction and supplies power to the first communication unit.

Description

通信装置及び通信システムCommunication apparatus and communication system
 本技術は、例えば屋外に設置されることが可能な通信装置及びそれを用いた通信システムに関する。 This technology relates to a communication device that can be installed outdoors, for example, and a communication system using the communication device.
 牛などの家畜に小型の通信装置を装着させて、当該通信装置から個体識別信号等を無線通信等により送信する技術が知られている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。同文献には、通信装置からの個体識別信号を受信するリーダについて記載されている。 A technique is known in which a small communication device is attached to livestock such as cattle, and an individual identification signal or the like is transmitted from the communication device by wireless communication or the like (see, for example, Patent Document 1). This document describes a reader that receives an individual identification signal from a communication device.
特開2012-60972号公報JP 2012-60972 A
 一方、このようなリーダが、畜産施設内に設置される場合、屋外に設置されることも考えられる。その場合、家畜などに装着された小型の通信装置と通信が可能で、電力設備が整っていない場所でも容易に設置できる通信装置が望まれる。 On the other hand, when such a reader is installed in a livestock facility, it may be installed outdoors. In that case, a communication device that can communicate with a small communication device mounted on livestock or the like and can be easily installed even in places where power facilities are not available is desired.
 以上のような事情に鑑み、本技術の目的は、電力設備が整っていない屋外でも容易に設置できる通信装置及びそれを用いた通信システムを提供することにある。 In view of the circumstances as described above, an object of the present technology is to provide a communication device that can be easily installed even outdoors where power facilities are not provided, and a communication system using the communication device.
 上記目的を達成するため、本技術の一形態に係る通信装置は、カバーと、第1の通信部と、電力供給部とを有する。
 上記カバーは、第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有する。
 上記第1の通信部は、上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、生体に装着される第1の機器と通信を行う。
 上記電力供給部は、上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、上記第1の通信部に電力を供給する。
 
In order to achieve the above object, a communication device according to an embodiment of the present technology includes a cover, a first communication unit, and a power supply unit.
The cover has a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end.
The first communication unit is accommodated in a first unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with a first device attached to a living body.
The power supply unit is housed in a second unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and supplies power to the first communication unit.
 本技術の他の形態に係る通信システムは、生体に装着された送信装置と、通信装置とを具備する。
 上記通信装置は、カバーと、第1の通信部と、電力供給部とを有する。
 上記カバーは、第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有する。
 上記第1の通信部は、上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、上記送信装置と通信を行う。
 上記電力供給部は、上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、上記第1の通信部に電力を供給する。
A communication system according to another embodiment of the present technology includes a transmission device attached to a living body and a communication device.
The communication device includes a cover, a first communication unit, and a power supply unit.
The cover has a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end.
The first communication unit is accommodated in a first unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with the transmission device.
The power supply unit is housed in a second unit casing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and supplies power to the first communication unit.
 以上のように、本技術によれば、電力設備が整っていない屋外でも容易に設置できる通信装置及びそれを用いた通信システムを提供する。
 なお、ここに記載された効果は必ずしも限定されるものではなく、本開示中に記載されたいずれかの効果であってもよい。
As described above, according to the present technology, there is provided a communication device that can be easily installed even outdoors where power facilities are not provided, and a communication system using the communication device.
Note that the effects described here are not necessarily limited, and may be any of the effects described in the present disclosure.
本技術の第1の実施形態の家畜管理システムの概略構成を示す模式的な図である。It is a typical figure showing a schematic structure of a livestock management system of a 1st embodiment of this art. 各家畜と領域との関係を模式的に示す図である。It is a figure which shows typically the relationship between each domestic animal and an area | region. 図1に示す家畜管理システムに含まれる各装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the hardware constitutions of each apparatus contained in the livestock management system shown in FIG. 図1に示す家畜管理システムの機能的構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system shown in FIG. 1, and the flow of a process. 図4に示す家畜管理システムの属性情報記憶部に記憶された領域属性情報データベースの一構成例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of 1 structure of the area | region attribute information database memorize | stored in the attribute information storage part of the livestock management system shown in FIG. 図4に示す家畜管理システムの属性情報記憶部に記憶された領域の管理対象情報データベースの一構成例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of 1 structure of the management object information database of the area | region memorize | stored in the attribute information storage part of the livestock management system shown in FIG. 図1に示す家畜管理システムの登録処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation example of the registration process of the livestock management system shown in FIG. 図3に示す端末装置の表示部に表示された、パラメータの設定画面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen of a parameter displayed on the display part of the terminal device shown in FIG. 上記表示部に表示された滞在判定及び領域判定の結果の一例を示す表である。It is a table | surface which shows an example of the result of the stay determination and area | region determination which were displayed on the said display part. 変形例1-1に係る各領域と通信装置の位置関係を示す模式的な図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a positional relationship between each area and a communication device according to Modification 1-1. 変形例1-2に係る家畜管理システムの機能的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on modification 1-2. 変形例1-3に係る家畜管理システムの機能的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modification 1-3. 変形例1-4に係る家畜管理システムの概略構成を示す模式的な図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to Modification 1-4. 変形例1-4に係る家畜管理システムの他の概略構成を示す模式的な図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating another schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to Modification 1-4. 変形例1-4に係る家畜管理システムの機能的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modified example 1-4. 変形例1-5に係る送信装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of a transmission apparatus according to Modification 1-5. 変形例1-5における家畜管理システムの機能的構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a functional structure of the livestock management system in the modification 1-5. 変形例1-6に係る家畜管理システムの機能的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on the modification 1-6. 本技術の第2の実施形態に係る家畜管理システムの概略構成を示す模式的な図である。It is a typical figure showing a schematic structure of a livestock management system concerning a 2nd embodiment of this art. 図19に示す家畜管理システムに含まれる各装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the hardware constitutions of each apparatus contained in the livestock management system shown in FIG. 上記家畜管理システムの機能的構成を構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the said livestock management system, and the flow of a process. 上記家畜管理システムにおける領域属性情報の入力処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation example of the input process of the area | region attribute information in the said livestock management system. 図20に示す端末装置の表示部に表示された領域属性情報の入力画面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the input screen of the area | region attribute information displayed on the display part of the terminal device shown in FIG. 上記家畜管理システムの属性情報の入力処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation example of the input process of the attribute information of the said livestock management system. 上記端末装置の表示部に表示された、領域属性情報の選択を受け付ける登録画面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the registration screen which receives selection of area | region attribute information displayed on the display part of the said terminal device. 変形例2-1に係る家畜管理システムの機能的構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the livestock management system which concerns on modification 2-1, and the flow of a process. 変形例2-3に係る登録画面の遷移例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a transition of the registration screen which concerns on the modification 2-3. 本技術の第3の実施形態に係る通信装置を示す概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view which shows the communication apparatus which concerns on the 3rd Embodiment of this technique. 通信装置を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a communication apparatus. 図29に記載の通信装置をX軸方向から見た断面図である。It is sectional drawing which looked at the communication apparatus of FIG. 29 from the X-axis direction. 図29に示す通信装置の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 図31に示す第3のユニット筐体の斜視図である。FIG. 32 is a perspective view of a third unit housing shown in FIG. 31. Aは、上記第3のユニット筐体の平面図、Bは、上記第3のユニット筐体の底面図である。A is a plan view of the third unit casing, and B is a bottom view of the third unit casing. 図30のA部の拡大断面図である。It is an expanded sectional view of the A section of FIG. 図31に示す第1のユニット筐体の側面図である。It is a side view of the 1st unit housing | casing shown in FIG. 図31に示す第1のユニット筐体の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 1st unit housing | casing shown in FIG. 図31に示す第2のユニット筐体の断面図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit housing shown in FIG. 31. 図31に示す第3のユニット筐体の断面図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the third unit housing shown in FIG. 31. 上記通信装置を用いた通信システムの構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the communication system using the said communication apparatus.
 以下、本技術に係る実施形態を、図面を参照しながら説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present technology will be described with reference to the drawings.
<第1の実施形態:滞在監視処理>
 [家畜管理システムの概要]
 本実施形態に係る家畜管理システムは、例えば畜産農家や畜産施設の従業者(ユーザ)によって活用され得るシステムであり、畜産施設内において、家畜が滞在している領域を監視する滞在監視処理を行うことが可能に構成される。
 以下の説明において、ある領域に滞在するとは、家畜が所定時間以上その領域内に存することをいう。所定時間は特に限定されないが、例えば数分~数時間とする。
<First Embodiment: Stay Monitoring Process>
[Overview of livestock management system]
The livestock management system according to the present embodiment is a system that can be used by, for example, livestock farmers and employees (users) of livestock facilities, and performs a stay monitoring process for monitoring an area where livestock stays in the livestock facility. Configured to be possible.
In the following description, staying in a certain area means that livestock exists in the area for a predetermined time or more. Although the predetermined time is not particularly limited, for example, it is several minutes to several hours.
 図1は、本技術の第1の実施形態の家畜管理システムの概略構成を示す模式的な図である。
 同図に示すように、家畜管理システム100は、複数の送信装置1(送信装置1a,1b,1c)と、複数の通信装置2(通信装置2a,2b)と、サーバ装置3と、端末装置4とを備える。
 複数の送信装置1a,1b,1cは、複数の家畜A1,A2,A3にそれぞれ装着されている。
 家畜A1,A2,A3は、例えば産業動物である肉牛、乳牛、豚、馬、羊、山羊、家禽や、愛玩動物である犬、猫、ウサギ等を挙げることができ、以下では乳牛の例を示す。
 同図に示す領域R1,R2は、例えば畜産施設内において家畜A1,A2,A3が滞在し得る領域であり、例えば、後述する家畜管理アプリケーションソフトウェア等を用いてユーザが予め登録した領域である。領域の具体例としては、畜舎内に区画された畜房、放牧場、搾乳ボックス・パーラー等であってもよい。同図では、家畜A1,A2が領域R1内に滞在し、家畜A3が領域R2内に滞在する例を示す。
 「領域」のうち、家畜の滞在が可能な領域であって、各家畜A1,A2,A3について滞在監視判定の対象となる領域を、「対象領域」と称する。
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to a first embodiment of the present technology.
As shown in the figure, the livestock management system 100 includes a plurality of transmission devices 1 ( transmission devices 1a, 1b, 1c), a plurality of communication devices 2 ( communication devices 2a, 2b), a server device 3, and a terminal device. 4.
The plurality of transmission devices 1a, 1b, 1c are respectively attached to the plurality of domestic animals A1, A2, A3.
Examples of livestock A1, A2, A3 include industrial animals such as beef cattle, dairy cows, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, poultry and pet animals such as dogs, cats, rabbits, etc. Show.
The areas R1 and R2 shown in the figure are areas where the livestock A1, A2 and A3 can stay, for example, in the livestock facility, and are areas registered in advance by the user using, for example, livestock management application software described later. Specific examples of the area may include a barn, a grazing farm, a milking box / parlor, etc., partitioned in a barn. In the figure, an example is shown in which livestock A1 and A2 stay in the region R1, and livestock A3 stays in the region R2.
Among the “regions”, regions where livestock can stay and are subject to stay monitoring determination for each of the livestock A1, A2, and A3 are referred to as “target regions”.
 送信装置1は、家畜に装着され、当該家畜に対応付けられた個体識別信号を送信する。家畜は、個々の家畜を意味するものとする。
 個体識別子は、家畜を識別可能な識別子であり、送信装置1固有の個体識別子であってもよいし、後述する家畜の個体識別番号等であって送信装置1を識別可能な個体識別子であってもよい。
 また、個体識別信号は、識別子を含み、送信装置1から送信された信号である。
個体識別信号は、識別子以外情報を含んでいてもよく、例えば、後述する発電量に関する情報、送信装置1の属性についての情報、これらを組み合わせた情報等を含んでいてもよい。
 送信装置1a,1b,1cは、家畜A1,A2,A3にそれぞれ装着可能なタグとして構成され得る。
 送信装置1は、例えば家畜A1,A2,A3の耳に装着されるが、耳に限らず、首、背や足などの耳以外への取り付けも可能である。ただし、家畜A1,A2,A3が体を柵等へこすりつける行為や家畜同士でのぶつかり合いで送信装置1が外れる可能性を減らす観点から、首や足よりも耳への取り付けが好ましい。
 また、家畜A1,A2,A3は、送信装置1とは別に、通信等の機能を有さず、個体識別番号等の個体を識別する情報が記載された装着具を装着していてもよい。耳に装着される上記装着具を、耳標と称する。耳標は、一例として、個体識別番号とそのバーコードが印刷された樹脂板を有する。
 また、ここでいう個体識別番号は、例えば国や家畜の管理団体等が付与した汎用的に用いられている番号をいう。
 なお、送信装置1は、後述する筐体の表面に家畜の個体識別番号や送信装置1の個体識別子等が記載され、耳標の機能を兼ねていてもよい。
The transmission device 1 is attached to livestock and transmits an individual identification signal associated with the livestock. Livestock shall mean individual livestock.
The individual identifier is an identifier that can identify livestock, and may be an individual identifier that is unique to the transmission device 1 or an individual identifier that can identify the transmission device 1 such as an individual identification number of livestock that will be described later. Also good.
The individual identification signal includes an identifier and is a signal transmitted from the transmission device 1.
The individual identification signal may include information other than the identifier. For example, the individual identification signal may include information on the amount of power generation to be described later, information on the attribute of the transmission device 1, information combining these, and the like.
The transmission devices 1a, 1b, and 1c can be configured as tags that can be attached to the domestic animals A1, A2, and A3, respectively.
The transmission device 1 is attached to the ears of the domestic animals A1, A2, A3, for example. However, from the viewpoint of reducing the possibility of the transmitter 1 coming off due to the action of the livestock A1, A2, A3 rubbing the body against a fence or the like, and the collision between the livestock, attachment to the ear is preferable to the neck or foot.
In addition, the livestock A1, A2, and A3 may not be equipped with a function such as communication, and may be equipped with a wearing tool in which information for identifying an individual such as an individual identification number is described. The above-mentioned wearing tool worn on the ear is referred to as an ear tag. As an example, the ear tag has a resin plate on which an individual identification number and its barcode are printed.
In addition, the individual identification number referred to here is a general-purpose number assigned by, for example, a national or livestock management organization.
In addition, the transmission apparatus 1 may have the individual identification number of a domestic animal, the individual identifier of the transmission apparatus 1, etc. on the surface of the housing | casing mentioned later, and may also serve as the function of an ear tag.
 複数の通信装置2は、送信装置1とは異なる装置であり、送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号を受信し、さらに受信した個体識別信号に所定の情報を付加してサーバ装置3にそれぞれ送信する。すなわち、本実施形態の通信装置2は、個体識別信号の受信装置として機能する。
 ネットワークNは、例えばインターネットやローカルエリアネットワーク等とすることができる。
 通信装置2は、図1に示すような専用の通信装置であってもよいし、送信装置1と同様の構成を有していてもよい。あるいは、端末装置4とは異なる携帯情報端末であってもよい。同図に示す例では、通信装置2は、畜産施設に配置された柵等に取り付けられている。
The plurality of communication devices 2 are devices different from the transmission device 1, receive the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1, add predetermined information to the received individual identification signal, and add to the server device 3. Send. That is, the communication device 2 of the present embodiment functions as a device for receiving an individual identification signal.
The network N can be, for example, the Internet or a local area network.
The communication device 2 may be a dedicated communication device as shown in FIG. Alternatively, a portable information terminal different from the terminal device 4 may be used. In the example shown in the figure, the communication device 2 is attached to a fence or the like arranged in a livestock facility.
 複数の通信装置2は、本実施形態において、図1に示すように、各領域R1,R2に対応して位置していてもよい。
 通信装置2が「対象領域に位置する」とは、通信装置2が対象領域内及び対象領域の周囲の位置にあることをいい、例えば、対象領域の入口、対象領域の柵(境界)の近傍、対象領域の内部等の位置にあることを含む。
 本実施形態において、通信装置2と領域R1,R2の関係には、複数のパターンがあり得る。例えば、同図に示すように、(i)複数の領域があり、各領域に1の通信装置2が対応していてもよい(図2参照)。また、(ii)複数の領域があり、各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応していてもよく(図10参照)、(iii)1つの領域のみで、各領域に1の通信装置2が対応していてもよく、(iv)1つの領域のみで、各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応していてもよい。
In the present embodiment, the plurality of communication devices 2 may be positioned corresponding to the regions R1 and R2, as shown in FIG.
The communication device 2 being “located in the target region” means that the communication device 2 is located in and around the target region, for example, near the entrance of the target region and the fence (boundary) of the target region. Including being inside the target area.
In the present embodiment, there may be a plurality of patterns in the relationship between the communication device 2 and the regions R1 and R2. For example, as shown in the figure, (i) there may be a plurality of regions, and one communication device 2 may correspond to each region (see FIG. 2). Further, (ii) there may be a plurality of areas, and a plurality of communication devices 2 may correspond to each area (see FIG. 10), and (iii) only one area and one communication apparatus 2 is provided in each area (Iv) There may be only one area, and a plurality of communication devices 2 may correspond to each area.
 サーバ装置3は、ネットワークN上のサーバ装置である。サーバ装置3は、本実施形態において、送信装置1及び通信装置2とは異なる装置であり、通信装置2から送信された個体識別信号を受信する情報処理装置である。サーバ装置3が受信する個体識別信号には、通信装置2により所定の情報が付加されていてもよい。サーバ装置3は、1つの情報処理装置により構成されていてもよいし、複数の情報処理装置により構成されていてもよい。
 サーバ装置3は、ネットワークNを介して、端末装置4に対して家畜管理サービスを提供することができる。例えば、サーバ装置3は、家畜管理アプリケーションソフトウェア(以下、家畜管理アプリと略する)を実装しており、当該ソフトウェアに基づいて処理を実行する。
 サーバ装置3は、ウェブアプリケーションの形態で端末装置4等に家畜管理アプリを提供してもよいし、家畜管理アプリを端末装置4に配信し、端末装置4に当該アプリをインストールさせてもよい。
The server device 3 is a server device on the network N. In this embodiment, the server device 3 is a device different from the transmission device 1 and the communication device 2, and is an information processing device that receives an individual identification signal transmitted from the communication device 2. Predetermined information may be added by the communication device 2 to the individual identification signal received by the server device 3. The server device 3 may be configured by one information processing device or may be configured by a plurality of information processing devices.
The server device 3 can provide a livestock management service to the terminal device 4 via the network N. For example, the server device 3 is equipped with livestock management application software (hereinafter abbreviated as “livestock management application”), and executes processing based on the software.
The server device 3 may provide a livestock management application to the terminal device 4 or the like in the form of a web application, or may distribute the livestock management application to the terminal device 4 and cause the terminal device 4 to install the application.
 端末装置4は、複数の家畜A1,A2,A3を管理するユーザにより操作される情報処理装置であり、ネットワークN上のサーバ装置3と通信可能に構成される。端末装置4は、例えば、スマートフォン、タブレット端末、デジタルカメラ、ウェアラブルデバイス、PC(Personal Computer)等で構成される。 The terminal device 4 is an information processing device operated by a user who manages a plurality of livestock A1, A2, A3, and is configured to be able to communicate with the server device 3 on the network N. The terminal device 4 includes, for example, a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a digital camera, a wearable device, a PC (Personal Computer), and the like.
 図2は、各家畜と領域との関係を模式的に示す図である。なお、白丸で示した家畜A1,A2は、家畜のグループである牛群Aに属しており、斜線を含む丸で示した家畜A3は家畜のグループである牛群Bに属するものとする。
 図2Aに示すように、例えば家畜A1,A2,A3は、それぞれ、牛群A、牛群A、及び牛群Bのグループに属している。牛群Aは、例えば食欲があり乳がよく出る牛からなるグループで、牛群Bは、例えば食欲があり乳がよく出ない牛からなるグループである。
 一方、領域R1と領域R2は、畜舎や放牧場等の異なる領域であり、柵その他の構造物によって区画されている。あるいは、領域R1,R2は、仮想的な領域であってもよい。
 通常、同一のグループの家畜は、同一の管理が必要であるため、同一の領域内に滞在している。このため、典型的には、各領域と各グループとは一対一に対応しており、グループ名が領域の名称として慣用され得る。
FIG. 2 is a diagram schematically showing the relationship between each domestic animal and the area. The livestock A1 and A2 indicated by white circles belong to the cattle herd A which is a group of livestock, and the livestock A3 indicated by a circle including diagonal lines belongs to the cattle herd B which is a group of livestock.
As shown in FIG. 2A, for example, livestock A1, A2, and A3 belong to a group of a cow group A, a cow group A, and a cow group B, respectively. The herd group A is a group consisting of cows that have appetite and milk, for example. The herd group B is a group that consists of cows that have appetite and milk, for example.
On the other hand, the region R1 and the region R2 are different regions such as a barn and a pasture, and are partitioned by a fence and other structures. Alternatively, the regions R1 and R2 may be virtual regions.
Usually, livestock of the same group stay in the same area because the same management is required. For this reason, typically, each area | region and each group respond | correspond one-to-one, and a group name can be commonly used as a name of an area | region.
 図2Aでは、領域R1に牛群Aの家畜A1,A2が滞在し、領域R2に牛群Bの家畜A3が滞在している。このため、各家畜A1,A2,A3が適切な領域に滞在している。
 一方、図2Bでは、領域R1に家畜A2が滞在し、領域R2に家畜A3,A1が滞在している。この場合、本来領域R1で管理されるべき家畜A1が領域R2に紛れており、適切に管理すべく領域R1へ戻す必要がある。
In FIG. 2A, livestock A1, A2 of cattle herd A stays in region R1, and livestock A3 of cattle herd B stays in region R2. For this reason, each domestic animal A1, A2, A3 stays in an appropriate area | region.
On the other hand, in FIG. 2B, livestock A2 stays in area R1, and livestock A3, A1 stays in area R2. In this case, the livestock A1 that should originally be managed in the area R1 is lost in the area R2, and it is necessary to return to the area R1 in order to manage it appropriately.
 図1及び図2に示す例では、説明のため3頭の家畜の例を示したが、畜産農家は、数十~数千、あるいはそれ以上の家畜を管理し得る。また、家畜のグループについても、2つのグループの例に限定されず、多数のグループを管理し得る。このような場合、不適切なグループに紛れた家畜を把握することは困難である。
 本実施形態の家畜管理システム100によれば、家畜が滞在している領域を監視し、家畜を容易に管理することができる。
In the example shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, an example of three livestock is shown for the sake of explanation, but a livestock farmer can manage tens to thousands or more of livestock. Further, the group of livestock is not limited to the example of two groups, and a large number of groups can be managed. In such a case, it is difficult to grasp the livestock lost to the inappropriate group.
According to the livestock management system 100 of the present embodiment, it is possible to monitor the area where livestock is staying and manage the livestock easily.
 [家畜管理システムのハードウェア構成]
 図3は、家畜管理システム100に含まれる各装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。
[Hardware configuration of livestock management system]
FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of each device included in the livestock management system 100.
 (送信装置)
 図3に示すように、送信装置1は、電力供給部11と、制御部12と、通信部13とを有する。送信装置1はさらに電力供給部11と、制御部12と、通信部13とを収める筐体(図示せず)と筐体を家畜へ装着するための装着機構(図示せず)を有する。装着機構は筐体と一体として構成されていても良い。
 ここでいう「装着」は、装着具等によって生体及び/又は非生体に直接装着されること、並びに生体及び/又は非生体が装着する物に取り付けられることにより間接的に装着されること等を含む。筐体が生体等に直接装着される例として、例えばユーザが装着器を使って、筐体と他の物体とで家畜の耳を挟み込むことにより家畜に筐体を取り付ける事ができてもよい。筐体が生体等に間接的に装着される例として、筐体が、ベルト用の孔を有しており、家畜の首に回したベルトを孔に通すことによって家畜に装着されてもよい。筐体が生体等に間接的に装着される他の例として、筐体が、装着用のマウント部品を取り付けるための構造を有しており、家畜に直接装着されるマウント部品を介して、家畜に装着されてもよい。
(Transmitter)
As illustrated in FIG. 3, the transmission device 1 includes a power supply unit 11, a control unit 12, and a communication unit 13. The transmission device 1 further includes a housing (not shown) that houses the power supply unit 11, the control unit 12, and the communication unit 13, and a mounting mechanism (not shown) for mounting the housing on livestock. The mounting mechanism may be configured integrally with the housing.
“Mounting” as used herein refers to mounting directly on a living body and / or non-living body with a mounting tool or the like, and mounting indirectly on an object to which the living body and / or non-living body is mounted. Including. As an example in which the housing is directly attached to a living body or the like, for example, the user may be able to attach the housing to the livestock by sandwiching the ears of the livestock between the housing and other objects using a wearer. As an example in which the casing is indirectly attached to a living body or the like, the casing may have a hole for a belt, and the casing may be attached to a domestic animal by passing a belt that is turned around the neck of the domestic animal through the hole. As another example in which the housing is mounted indirectly on a living body or the like, the housing has a structure for mounting a mounting component for mounting, and the livestock is connected via a mounting component that is directly mounted on livestock. It may be attached to.
 電力供給部11は、制御部12及び通信部13に対して電力を供給することが可能に構成され、例えば、発電部111と、蓄電部112と、電力制御部113とを有する。 The power supply unit 11 is configured to be able to supply power to the control unit 12 and the communication unit 13, and includes, for example, a power generation unit 111, a power storage unit 112, and a power control unit 113.
 発電部111は、周囲の環境に応じて電力を生成する。発電部111は、例えば、光、熱、振動、遠方電磁界及び近傍電磁界を含む電波、並びに特定の有機物及び無機物のうち少なくともいずれか1つに基づくエネルギにより発電する発電するものであってもよい。発電部111は上記のうちの複数のエネルギにより発電するものであってもよい。発電の方式は静電型、電磁型、逆磁歪型、圧電型等、問わない。
 発電部111は、光(例えば、屋内の電球や太陽光)により発電するものでもよい。
 発電部111は、温度差(熱)を利用して発電する熱電変換素子(例えば、ゼーベック効果やトムソン効果により発電するもの、熱電子発電部111、熱磁気発電をするもの)でもよい。このような発電部111は、例えば家畜の体温と外気温の温度差を利用して発電を行う。
 発電部111は、糖を利用して発電する酵素電池(バイオ電池などとも称される)でもよい。
 発電部111は、LCR(インダクタンス・キャパシタンス・リアクタンス)成分のいずれか、またはその組み合わせ、および、コンデンサ、キャパシタ、アンテナ、レクテナなどによる容量結合や電磁気結合を利用するものであり、例えば電波により発電するものでもよい。
 発電部111は、近傍電磁界発電を行うもの、すなわち、送信装置を所定の機器に近接させることにより得られるエネルギにより発電するものでもよい。近傍電磁界発電の方式は、磁界共鳴方式、電磁誘導方式、電界結合、電界共鳴方式等、公知の方式を適用できる。
 発電部111としては、例示したもの以外の公知の発電部111を適用できる。
The power generation unit 111 generates electric power according to the surrounding environment. The power generation unit 111 may generate power using, for example, energy based on at least one of light, heat, vibration, radio waves including a far electromagnetic field and a near electromagnetic field, and a specific organic substance and inorganic substance. Good. The power generation unit 111 may generate power using a plurality of the above-described energies. The power generation method may be any of electrostatic type, electromagnetic type, inverse magnetostrictive type, piezoelectric type and the like.
The power generation unit 111 may generate power using light (for example, an indoor light bulb or sunlight).
The power generation unit 111 may be a thermoelectric conversion element that generates power using a temperature difference (heat) (for example, a power generation by the Seebeck effect or the Thomson effect, a thermoelectron power generation unit 111, or a thermomagnetic power generation). Such a power generation unit 111 generates power using, for example, the temperature difference between the body temperature of the livestock and the outside air temperature.
The power generation unit 111 may be an enzyme battery (also referred to as a bio battery) that generates power using sugar.
The power generation unit 111 uses one of LCR (inductance, capacitance, reactance) components, or a combination thereof, and capacitive coupling or electromagnetic coupling by a capacitor, a capacitor, an antenna, a rectenna, and the like. It may be a thing.
The power generation unit 111 may perform near electromagnetic field power generation, that is, generate power using energy obtained by bringing the transmission device close to a predetermined device. As the near electromagnetic field power generation method, a known method such as a magnetic field resonance method, an electromagnetic induction method, an electric field coupling method, an electric field resonance method, or the like can be applied.
As the power generation unit 111, a known power generation unit 111 other than the exemplified power generation unit can be applied.
 蓄電部112は、発電部111により生成された電力を貯蔵する等の目的に応じて使用される。発電部111により生成された電力は蓄電部112に貯蔵され通信部13を動作させる電力として使用される。
 蓄電部112としては、リチウムイオン2次電池等の各種の2次電池のほか、電気二重層キャパシタ、リチウムイオンキャパシタ、ポリアセン系有機半導体(Polyacenic Semiconductor(PAS))キャパシタ、ナノゲートキャパシタ(「ナノゲート」は、ナノゲート・アクチエンゲゼルシャフトの登録商標)、セラミックコンデンサ、フィルムコンデンサ、アルミ電解コンデンサ、タンタルコンデンサなどである。目的に応じて、これらの蓄電部112を組み合わせたものが使用されてもよい。
The power storage unit 112 is used depending on the purpose such as storing the power generated by the power generation unit 111. The power generated by the power generation unit 111 is stored in the power storage unit 112 and used as power for operating the communication unit 13.
The power storage unit 112 includes various secondary batteries such as a lithium ion secondary battery, an electric double layer capacitor, a lithium ion capacitor, a polyacenic organic semiconductor (PAS) capacitor, and a nanogate capacitor (“nanogate”). Are registered trademarks of Nanogate Aktiengesellschaft, ceramic capacitors, film capacitors, aluminum electrolytic capacitors, tantalum capacitors, and the like. Depending on the purpose, a combination of these power storage units 112 may be used.
 電力制御部113は、発電部111から供給される電力に応じて、待機状態と、通信部13及び制御部12に電力を供給する出力状態との間を遷移する。これにより、発電部111による発電量が所定量以上となった場合に、個体識別信号を送信することが可能となる。
 電力制御部113は、例えば、1の素子または複数の素子からなる集積回路(IC:Integrated Circuit)により構成される。電力供給部113に用いられるICとしては、トランジスタ等のスイッチング素子、ダイオード、リセットIC、レギュレータIC、ロジックICや各種の演算回路を例示することができる。IC内部の回路構成については、電力制御部113の機能を実現し得るものであれば適宜、変更することができる。また、電力制御部113は、好ましくは、遷移後の状態を保持することによりその状態を記憶できる構成を有するが、リセット等によりその状態を保持できず記憶できない構成を有していてもよい。
 また、発電部111に生成された電力が適宜、昇圧または降圧された後に電力制御部113に供給されてもよい。
The power control unit 113 transitions between a standby state and an output state for supplying power to the communication unit 13 and the control unit 12 according to the power supplied from the power generation unit 111. Thereby, when the power generation amount by the power generation unit 111 becomes equal to or larger than a predetermined amount, it is possible to transmit the individual identification signal.
The power control unit 113 is configured by, for example, an integrated circuit (IC) composed of one element or a plurality of elements. Examples of the IC used for the power supply unit 113 include a switching element such as a transistor, a diode, a reset IC, a regulator IC, a logic IC, and various arithmetic circuits. The circuit configuration inside the IC can be changed as appropriate as long as the function of the power control unit 113 can be realized. In addition, the power control unit 113 preferably has a configuration capable of storing the state by holding the state after the transition, but may have a configuration incapable of storing the state due to reset or the like and not storing the state.
In addition, the power generated in the power generation unit 111 may be supplied to the power control unit 113 after being appropriately boosted or reduced.
 制御部12は、通信部13の送信を制御し、プロセッサと、メモリとを含む。本実施形態の制御部12は、MCU(Micro Control Unit)として構成され得る。
 制御部12に用いられるプロセッサは、通信回路に対する制御を実行する。当該プロセッサとしては、例えば、MPU(Micro Processing Unit)やCPU(Central Processing Unit)などを例示することができる。プロセッサとしては、通信部13の処理量と、送信装置1における小型化の要請とから、MPUがより好ましい。
The control unit 12 controls transmission of the communication unit 13 and includes a processor and a memory. The control unit 12 of the present embodiment can be configured as an MCU (Micro Control Unit).
The processor used for the control unit 12 executes control on the communication circuit. Examples of the processor include an MPU (Micro Processing Unit) and a CPU (Central Processing Unit). As the processor, MPU is more preferable because of the processing amount of the communication unit 13 and the request for downsizing in the transmission apparatus 1.
 通信部13は、電力供給部11から供給された電力を用いて、個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を送信する。
 本実施形態の個体識別信号は、周囲の環境に応じて発電された発電量の情報を含んでもよい。発電量の情報は、周囲の環境に応じて発電された発電量に基づく個体識別信号の送信又は受信パターンを含んでいてもよいし、発電量の数値を含んでいてもよい。個体識別信号はさらに、発電の種別を表す情報を含んでもよい。発電の種別を表す情報は、例えば通信部13が行った発電ソースが光、温度差、電波のうちの一であるか、またはそれらの組み合わせであるかを示す情報を含む。
 個体識別子は、典型的には、予め割り当てられた送信装置1固有の個体識別子が用いられる。これにより、送信装置1を装着した家畜と1対1に対応し、家畜を識別することが可能となる。また、個体識別子は、家畜の識別が可能であれば、その都度割り当てられた個体識別子でもよい。
 通信部13は、通信装置2等と通信を行うための通信回路およびアンテナとを含む。
 通信部13の通信回路により行われる通信は、無線でもよく有線であってもよい。また、無線モジュールは単数であってもよいし、複数種を用いてもよいし、複数種の複合モジュールであってもよい。無線の通信は、電磁波や赤外線を利用した通信方式や、電界を利用した通信、音波を利用した通信でもよい。具体的な通信方式としては、「Wi-Fi(登録商標)」、「Zigbee(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth Low Energy」、「ANT(登録商標)」、「ANT+(登録商標)」、「EnOcean(登録商標)」などの数百MHz(メガヘルツ)から数GHz(ギガヘルツ)帯を利用する通信方式を例示することができる。NFC(Near Field Communication)等の近接無線通信でもよい。
 近接無線通信は、例えば数cm~1m程度の近接場型の無線通信をいい、例えばNFCの他、ISO/IEC 14443等のRFID(Radio Frequency Identifier)を用いた通信方式、赤外線通信等の通信方式を挙げることができる。
The communication unit 13 transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier using the power supplied from the power supply unit 11.
The individual identification signal of the present embodiment may include information on the amount of power generated according to the surrounding environment. The information on the power generation amount may include a transmission or reception pattern of an individual identification signal based on the power generation amount generated according to the surrounding environment, or may include a numerical value of the power generation amount. The individual identification signal may further include information indicating the type of power generation. The information indicating the type of power generation includes, for example, information indicating whether the power generation source performed by the communication unit 13 is one of light, temperature difference, radio wave, or a combination thereof.
As the individual identifier, an individual identifier unique to the transmission apparatus 1 assigned in advance is typically used. This makes it possible to identify livestock in a one-to-one correspondence with livestock equipped with the transmission device 1. The individual identifier may be an individual identifier assigned each time as long as the livestock can be identified.
The communication unit 13 includes a communication circuit and an antenna for communicating with the communication device 2 and the like.
Communication performed by the communication circuit of the communication unit 13 may be wireless or wired. Further, a single wireless module may be used, a plurality of types may be used, or a plurality of types of composite modules may be used. The wireless communication may be a communication method using electromagnetic waves or infrared rays, communication using an electric field, or communication using sound waves. Specific communication methods include “Wi-Fi (registered trademark)”, “Zigbee (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth Low Energy”, “ANT (registered trademark)”, “ANT +” (Registered trademark), “EnOcean (registered trademark)”, and other communication systems using a band of several hundred MHz (megahertz) to several GHz (gigahertz) can be exemplified. Near field communication such as NFC (Near Field Communication) may be used.
Near field communication refers to near field type wireless communication of, for example, several cm to 1 m. For example, in addition to NFC, a communication system using RFID (Radio Frequency Identifier) such as ISO / IEC 14443, a communication system such as infrared communication Can be mentioned.
 (通信装置)
 通信装置2は、制御部21と、第1の通信部22と、第2の通信部23とを有する。信号受信部104は、通信装置2の第1の通信部22により実現される。
 制御部21は、第1の通信部22及び第2の通信部23の制御を実行し、例えばMPUやCPUにより実現される。通信部42に用いられるプロセッサは、各通信回路に対する制御を実行する。当該プロセッサとしては、例えば、MPUやCPUなどを例示することができる。
 制御部21のプロセッサには、通信装置2を識別するための機器情報を記憶するメモリが接続されており、これらのプロセッサとメモリが、MCU(Micro Control Unit)を構成していてもよい。
 さらに、制御部21のメモリには、通信装置2を識別する機器情報が記憶されていてもよい。
 機器情報は、通信装置2に関する情報であり、例えば通信装置2の識別子(ID)、通信装置2の属性についての情報等を含む。
 ここでいう個体識別子は、通信装置2固有の識別子であってもよいし、ユーザにより設定された識別子であってもよい。
(Communication device)
The communication device 2 includes a control unit 21, a first communication unit 22, and a second communication unit 23. The signal receiving unit 104 is realized by the first communication unit 22 of the communication device 2.
The control unit 21 executes control of the first communication unit 22 and the second communication unit 23, and is realized by, for example, an MPU or CPU. The processor used for the communication unit 42 executes control for each communication circuit. Examples of the processor include an MPU and a CPU.
A memory for storing device information for identifying the communication device 2 is connected to the processor of the control unit 21, and these processor and memory may constitute an MCU (Micro Control Unit).
Furthermore, device information for identifying the communication device 2 may be stored in the memory of the control unit 21.
The device information is information related to the communication device 2 and includes, for example, an identifier (ID) of the communication device 2 and information about attributes of the communication device 2.
The individual identifier here may be an identifier unique to the communication apparatus 2 or an identifier set by the user.
 第1の通信部22は、送信装置1の通信部13との通信が可能に構成される。第1の通信部22は、例えば、第1の通信方式の通信回路とアンテナを有する。第1の通信方式としては、例えば、電磁波や赤外線を利用した通信方式や、電界を利用した通信方式、音波を利用した無線の通信方式や、有線による通信方式を挙げることができる。 The first communication unit 22 is configured to be able to communicate with the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1. The first communication unit 22 includes, for example, a first communication system communication circuit and an antenna. Examples of the first communication method include a communication method using electromagnetic waves and infrared rays, a communication method using electric fields, a wireless communication method using sound waves, and a wired communication method.
 第2の通信部23は、第1の通信方式とは異なる第2の通信方式の通信回路とアンテナを有し、本実施形態において、ネットワークNに接続し、サーバ装置3との通信が可能に構成される。第2の通信方式は、Wi-Fi(登録商標)等の無線LAN(IEEE802.11等)や移動通信用の3Gや4Gのネットワークを用いた通信方式等の、ネットワークNに接続可能な通信方式を適用することができる。
 第2の通信部23がWiFi等の通信方法を適用する場合は、第2の通信部23は、所定のアクセスポイントを介してネットワークNに接続され得る。
The second communication unit 23 includes a communication circuit and an antenna of a second communication method different from the first communication method. In the present embodiment, the second communication unit 23 is connected to the network N and can communicate with the server device 3. Composed. The second communication method is a communication method connectable to the network N, such as a communication method using a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11, etc.) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a 3G or 4G network for mobile communication. Can be applied.
When the second communication unit 23 applies a communication method such as WiFi, the second communication unit 23 can be connected to the network N via a predetermined access point.
 なお、通信装置2は、上記以外の通信回路を適宜有していてもよい。 Note that the communication device 2 may appropriately include communication circuits other than those described above.
 (サーバ装置)
 サーバ装置3は、制御部31と、記憶部32と、通信部33とを有する。
 制御部31は、CPUにより実現されるプロセッサであり、サーバ装置3の各部を統括的に制御する。制御部31は、記憶部32に格納された制御プログラム等に従い、所定の処理を実行する。
 記憶部32は、例えば制御部31により実行されるプログラムが格納されたROM(Read Only Memory)と、制御部31が処理を実行する際のワークメモリ等として使用されるRAM(Random Access Memory)とを有する。さらに記憶部32は、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)及びフラッシュメモリ(SSD;Solid State Drive)等の不揮発性メモリを有していてもよい。
 通信部33は、ネットワークNに接続し、端末装置4との通信が可能に構成される。通信部33は、Wi-Fi(登録商標)等の無線LAN(IEEE802.11等)や有線LAN等のハードウェアのネットワーク・インタフェースにより、ネットワークNに接続することができる。
 サーバ装置3は、上記構成の他、必要に応じて、表示部や入力操作部等の構成を有していてもよい。
(Server device)
The server device 3 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a communication unit 33.
The control unit 31 is a processor realized by a CPU, and comprehensively controls each unit of the server device 3. The control unit 31 executes predetermined processing in accordance with a control program stored in the storage unit 32.
The storage unit 32 includes, for example, a ROM (Read Only Memory) in which a program executed by the control unit 31 is stored, a RAM (Random Access Memory) used as a work memory when the control unit 31 executes processing, and the like. Have Furthermore, the storage unit 32 may include a nonvolatile memory such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) and a flash memory (SSD; Solid State Drive).
The communication unit 33 is connected to the network N and configured to be able to communicate with the terminal device 4. The communication unit 33 can be connected to the network N through a hardware network interface such as a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 or the like) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a wired LAN.
In addition to the above-described configuration, the server device 3 may have a configuration such as a display unit or an input operation unit as necessary.
 (端末装置)
 端末装置4は、制御部41と、記憶部42と、第1の通信部43と、第2の通信部44と、表示部45と、入力操作部46とを有する。端末装置4は、さらに制御部41と、記憶部42と、第1の通信部43と、第2の通信部44と、表示部45と、入力操作部46を収める筐体(図示せず)を有する。筐体は例えばユーザが携帯可能な構成とされる。
 制御部41は、CPUにより実現されるプロセッサであり、端末装置4の各部を統括的に制御する。制御部41は、記憶部42に格納された制御プログラムに従い、所定の処理を実行する。
 記憶部42は、ROM、RAM、及び不揮発性メモリ等を有する。
 第1の通信部43は、第2の通信部43とは異なる通信方式の通信が可能に構成される。第1の通信部43は、例えば、電磁波、赤外線を利用した通信や、電界を利用した通信等の無線による通信が可能な構成を有する。第1の通信部43は、NFC等の数cm~1m程度の通信距離において用いられる近接無線通信が可能でもよい。
 第2の通信部44は、ネットワークNに接続し、サーバ装置3との通信が可能に構成される。具体的には、第2の通信部44は、Wi-Fi(登録商標)等の無線LAN(IEEE802.11等)や移動通信用の3Gや4Gのネットワークを用いて、ネットワークNに接続し、サーバ装置3と通信することができる。
 表示部45は、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display)や有機EL(Electroluminescence)パネル等の表示素子により実現される。表示部45は、表示素子の他、D/A変換回路等を有していてもよい。
 入力操作部46は、例えばタッチパネル、キーボード、マウス等のポインティングデバイス、その他の入力装置である。入力操作部46がタッチパネルである場合、そのタッチパネルは表示部45と一体となり得る。
 なお、端末装置4は、上記構成の他、図示しないバッテリ、カメラ、マイクロフォン及びスピーカ等を有していてもよい。
(Terminal device)
The terminal device 4 includes a control unit 41, a storage unit 42, a first communication unit 43, a second communication unit 44, a display unit 45, and an input operation unit 46. The terminal device 4 further includes a housing (not shown) that houses a control unit 41, a storage unit 42, a first communication unit 43, a second communication unit 44, a display unit 45, and an input operation unit 46. Have The housing is configured to be portable by the user, for example.
The control unit 41 is a processor realized by a CPU, and comprehensively controls each unit of the terminal device 4. The control unit 41 executes predetermined processing according to the control program stored in the storage unit 42.
The storage unit 42 includes a ROM, a RAM, a nonvolatile memory, and the like.
The first communication unit 43 is configured to be able to communicate with a communication method different from that of the second communication unit 43. The first communication unit 43 has a configuration capable of wireless communication such as communication using electromagnetic waves and infrared rays and communication using electric fields. The first communication unit 43 may be capable of close proximity wireless communication used in a communication distance of about several cm to 1 m such as NFC.
The second communication unit 44 is connected to the network N and configured to be able to communicate with the server device 3. Specifically, the second communication unit 44 connects to the network N using a wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 or the like) such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or a 3G or 4G network for mobile communication. Communication with the server device 3 is possible.
The display unit 45 is realized by a display element such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or an organic EL (Electroluminescence) panel. The display unit 45 may include a D / A conversion circuit in addition to the display element.
The input operation unit 46 is, for example, a touch panel, a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, and other input devices. When the input operation unit 46 is a touch panel, the touch panel can be integrated with the display unit 45.
In addition to the above configuration, the terminal device 4 may include a battery, a camera, a microphone, a speaker, and the like (not shown).
 [家畜管理システムの機能的構成]
 図4は、家畜管理システム100の機能的構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。
[Functional structure of livestock management system]
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 and the flow of processing.
 図4に示すように、家畜管理システム100は、信号送信部101と、信号受信部102と、位置判定部103と、データ取得部104と、滞在判定部105と、領域判定部106と、出力部107と、属性情報記憶部108と、を備える。
 これらの構成のうち、本実施形態において、信号送信部101は、送信装置1の通信部13により実現される。
 信号受信部102は、通信装置2の第1の通信部22により実現される。
 位置判定部103は、通信装置2の制御部21により実現される。
 データ取得部104、滞在判定部105、及び領域判定部106は、サーバ装置3の制御部31により実現される。
 属性情報記憶部108は、サーバ装置3の記憶部32により実現される。
 出力部107は、端末装置4の制御部41により実現される。
As shown in FIG. 4, the livestock management system 100 includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output. Unit 107 and attribute information storage unit 108.
Among these configurations, in the present embodiment, the signal transmission unit 101 is realized by the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1.
The signal receiving unit 102 is realized by the first communication unit 22 of the communication device 2.
The position determination unit 103 is realized by the control unit 21 of the communication device 2.
The data acquisition unit 104, the stay determination unit 105, and the area determination unit 106 are realized by the control unit 31 of the server device 3.
The attribute information storage unit 108 is realized by the storage unit 32 of the server device 3.
The output unit 107 is realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
 複数の信号送信部101は、それぞれ、家畜に対応付けられた個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を送信する。そして、通信装置2の信号受信部102が、これらの個体識別信号を受信する。 The plurality of signal transmission units 101 each transmit an individual identification signal including an individual identifier associated with a domestic animal. Then, the signal receiving unit 102 of the communication device 2 receives these individual identification signals.
 位置判定部103は、送信装置1が対象領域に位置するための第1の条件を、送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号が満たすか否か判定する。
 この第1の条件は、(1)送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号に、対象領域に位置する1または複数の通信装置2によって受信された際の信号強度の情報が付加されている場合、個体識別信号の信号強度が第1の強度範囲に属するという条件を含んでもよい。また(1)において、(1a)個体識別信号の信号強度が所定の閾値以上であるという条件を含んでいてもよい。(1)において、位置判定部103は、個体識別信号の受信信号強度(RSSI:Received Signal Strength Indication)を用いて第1の条件についての判定処理を行うことができる。
 信号強度は、通信距離に相関があることが知られているため、信号強度を参照することにより、送信時における送信装置1と通信装置2との距離を推定することができる。したがって、位置判定部103は、(1)の条件により、通信装置2から所定の距離範囲内にある送信装置1からの個体識別信号を特定することができ、(1a)の条件により、通信装置2から所定の距離以内にある送信装置1からの個体識別信号を特定することができる。
 また、第1の条件は、(2)送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号に、GPS等によって得られた送信位置についての情報が付加されている場合(後述する変形例1-5を参照)、当該送信位置が対象領域に位置するという条件を含んでいてもよい。(2)の条件により、位置判定部103は、送信装置1の位置をより精度よく判定することができる。
 また、第1の条件は、(3)その他の条件であってもよく、(4)の条件として、(1)~(3)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。
The position determination unit 103 determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 satisfies the first condition for the transmission device 1 to be located in the target region.
The first condition is that (1) signal strength information when received by one or more communication devices 2 located in the target area is added to the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 The condition that the signal intensity of the individual identification signal belongs to the first intensity range may be included. Further, (1) may include a condition that (1a) the signal strength of the individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. In (1), the position determination unit 103 can perform a determination process for the first condition using a received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the individual identification signal.
Since the signal strength is known to have a correlation with the communication distance, the distance between the transmission device 1 and the communication device 2 at the time of transmission can be estimated by referring to the signal strength. Therefore, the position determination unit 103 can specify an individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 within a predetermined distance range from the communication device 2 based on the condition (1). An individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 within a predetermined distance from 2 can be specified.
Further, the first condition is that (2) the information about the transmission position obtained by GPS or the like is added to the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 (see Modification 1-5 described later) ), A condition that the transmission position is located in the target region may be included. Under the condition (2), the position determination unit 103 can determine the position of the transmission device 1 with higher accuracy.
The first condition may be (3) other conditions, and the condition (4) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3).
 データ取得部104は、家畜に装着され当該家畜に対応付けられた個体識別信号を送信する送信装置1から送信された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータを取得する。データ取得部104は、滞在判定部105による判定の基礎となる複数の個体識別信号のデータを取得し、必要なデータを滞在判定部105へ供給する。
 「複数の個体識別信号」は、同一の送信装置1から送信された複数の個体識別信号であってもよいし、異なる送信装置1から送信された複数の個体識別信号であってもよい。
 ここでいう複数の個体識別信号についてのデータは、例えば、複数の個体識別信号に係る、(A)個体識別信号に含まれる個体識別子、(B)通信装置2の機器情報、(C)対象領域に位置する1または複数の通信装置によって受信された際の信号強度の情報、(D)位置判定部103による判定結果、(E)通信部2における個体識別信号の受信時刻の情報、及び(F)その他の情報、を含んでいてもよく、これらのうちの複数の情報を含んでいてもよい。
 なお、(E)の受信時刻の情報については、例えば、通信装置2の制御部21が時計用回路を有し、個体識別信号を受信した時刻のタイムスタンプを当該個体識別信号に付加してもよい。あるいは、送信装置1の制御部13が時計用回路を有し、個体識別信号を送信した時刻のタイムスタンプを当該個体識別信号に付加してもよい。後者の場合は、送信時刻が受信時刻として取り扱われる。
 データ取得部104が「データを取得する」とは、例えば、所定時間の間に受信され記憶部32に記憶されたデータを読み出すことであってもよいし、通信部33を制御することでデータを受信することでもよい。所定時間の間に受信され一時的に記憶されたデータを読み出すことにより、滞在判定部105が、ある一定時間内に受信されたデータに基づいて滞在判定処理を実行することができる。また、データ取得部104は、予め設定された数の個体識別信号に関するデータを取得してもよい。
 また、データ取得部104は、上記第1の条件を満たすと判定された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータを取得してもよい。端末装置4は、第1の条件を満たすと判定された複数の個体識別信号のデータのみをサーバ装置3に送信してもよいし、判定を行った全ての個体識別信号を送信し、データ取得部104が判定結果に基づいてデータを選択し、取得してもよい。
The data acquisition unit 104 acquires data on a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the transmission device 1 that transmits an individual identification signal attached to a domestic animal and associated with the domestic animal. The data acquisition unit 104 acquires data of a plurality of individual identification signals that are the basis of determination by the stay determination unit 105, and supplies necessary data to the stay determination unit 105.
The “plurality of individual identification signals” may be a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the same transmission apparatus 1, or may be a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from different transmission apparatuses 1.
The data about a plurality of individual identification signals here are, for example, (A) an individual identifier included in the individual identification signal, (B) device information of the communication device 2, and (C) a target area related to a plurality of individual identification signals. Information of signal strength when received by one or a plurality of communication devices located in (1), (D) determination result by position determination unit 103, (E) information of reception time of individual identification signal in communication unit 2, and (F ) Other information may be included, and a plurality of pieces of information may be included.
As for the reception time information of (E), for example, even when the control unit 21 of the communication device 2 has a clock circuit and a time stamp of the time when the individual identification signal is received is added to the individual identification signal. Good. Alternatively, the control unit 13 of the transmission device 1 may include a clock circuit, and a time stamp at the time when the individual identification signal is transmitted may be added to the individual identification signal. In the latter case, the transmission time is handled as the reception time.
“Data acquisition” by the data acquisition unit 104 may be, for example, reading data received during a predetermined time and stored in the storage unit 32, or data by controlling the communication unit 33. May be received. By reading the data received and temporarily stored for a predetermined time, the stay determination unit 105 can execute the stay determination process based on the data received within a certain period of time. The data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data related to a preset number of individual identification signals.
The data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on a plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition. The terminal device 4 may transmit only the data of a plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition to the server device 3, or transmit all the individual identification signals that have been determined, and obtain data. The unit 104 may select and acquire data based on the determination result.
 滞在判定部105は、上記複数の個体識別信号についてのデータに基づいて、家畜が、個体識別信号に対応する対象領域内に滞在しているか否かを判定する。本実施形態において、滞在判定部105は、第1の条件を満たすと判定された複数の信号についてのデータが、対象領域内に家畜が滞在するための第2の条件を満たすか否か判定する。
 「個体識別信号に対応する対象領域」とは、送信装置1が位置する対象領域、及び変形例1-6で後述する個体識別信号の通信方式に対応する対象領域を示す。
 この第2の条件は、以下の(1)~(4)の条件を適用できる。
The stay determination unit 105 determines whether the livestock is staying in the target area corresponding to the individual identification signal based on the data regarding the plurality of individual identification signals. In the present embodiment, the stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the data about the plurality of signals determined to satisfy the first condition satisfies the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area. .
The “target region corresponding to the individual identification signal” indicates a target region where the transmission apparatus 1 is located and a target region corresponding to a communication method of an individual identification signal described later in Modification 1-6.
As the second condition, the following conditions (1) to (4) can be applied.
 まず、第2の条件は、(1)上記データが、対象領域に位置する1の通信装置2における複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻の情報を含んでいる場合、複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件を含んでいてもよい。(1)の条件により、滞在判定部105は、「滞在」の条件を満たす時間範囲にわたって対象領域内に家畜が位置することを判定することができる。これにより、(1)の条件によれば、複数の個体識別信号が、ある領域に対応する1つの通信装置2により受信される場合(各領域に1の通信装置2が対応する(i)(iii)のパターンの場合)において、滞在判定が可能となる。勿論、複数の個体識別信号が、ある領域に対応する複数の通信装置2により受信される場合(各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応する(i)(iii)のパターンの場合)にも適用可能である。
 受信時刻についての(1)の条件は、例えば、(1a)複数の個体識別信号の受信時刻が、滞在していると判定される所定時間以上にわたっているという条件であってもよい。あるいは、(1b)複数の個体識別信号の受信時刻が、所定の頻度以上の頻度であるという条件であってもよいし、(1c)機械学習によって生成されたアルゴリズムに基づく条件であってもよいし、(1d)滞在していると判定され得る他の条件であってもよい。また、(1e)の条件として、(1a)~(1d)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。
First, the second condition is as follows: (1) When the data includes information on the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals in one communication device 2 located in the target area, A condition regarding the reception time may be included. Based on the condition (1), the stay determination unit 105 can determine that livestock is located in the target region over a time range that satisfies the condition of “stay”. Thus, according to the condition (1), when a plurality of individual identification signals are received by one communication device 2 corresponding to a certain area (one communication apparatus 2 corresponding to each area (i) ( In the case of the pattern iii), stay determination is possible. Of course, the present invention is also applicable to cases where a plurality of individual identification signals are received by a plurality of communication devices 2 corresponding to a certain area (in the case of patterns (i) and (iii) corresponding to a plurality of communication apparatuses 2 in each area) Is possible.
The condition (1) regarding the reception time may be, for example, a condition that (1a) the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals extend over a predetermined time determined to be staying. Alternatively, (1b) may be a condition that the reception times of a plurality of individual identification signals are equal to or higher than a predetermined frequency, or (1c) may be a condition based on an algorithm generated by machine learning. (1d) Other conditions that can be determined to be staying may be used. The condition (1e) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1a) to (1d).
 あるいは、第2の条件は、(2)上記データが、対象領域に位置する複数の通信装置2によって受信された複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度の情報を含んでいる場合、複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含んでいてもよい。これにより、個体識別信号送信時における送信装置1の位置について推定することができる。
 信号強度についての条件は、例えば、(2a)複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度が、所定の閾値以上であるという条件、(2b)複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度の平均値が、所定の閾値以上であるという条件、(2c)複数の個体識別信号のうち最も低い信号強度が、所定の閾値以上であるという条件、(2d)複数の個体識別信号の標準偏差が所定値以下であるという条件、等であってもよい。(2a)でいう「所定の閾値」は、位置判定処理における信号強度の閾値と同一の閾値であってもよいし、異なる閾値(例えばより高い閾値)であってもよい。
 (2a)~(2d)の条件により、1つの通信装置2に受信された複数の個体識別信号に関するデータ、及び複数の通信装置2に受信された複数の個体識別信号に関するデータ、のいずれによっても滞在判定が可能となる。
 例えば、複数の個体識別信号が1の通信装置2により受信される場合、(2a)~(2d)の条件を適用することで、個体識別信号受信時間内における送信装置1の通信装置2からの平均距離、最長距離、距離のバラつき等を考慮することができる。
 また、複数の個体識別信号が複数の通信装置2により受信される場合、(2a)~(2d)の条件を適用することで、ある時刻における送信装置1の複数の通信装置2からの平均距離、最長距離、距離のバラつき等の条件を考慮することができる。
 (2a)~(2d)の条件の他、第2の条件が、(2e)複数の個体識別信号の信号強度に基づいて推定された送信装置の位置についての条件を含んでいてもよい。特に、複数の個体識別信号が、ある領域に対応する複数の通信装置2により受信される場合(各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応する(ii)(iv)のパターンの場合)、より精度よく送信装置1の位置を推定することができる(詳細は後述する)。
 さらに第2の条件は、(2f)機械学習によって生成されたアルゴリズムに基づく条件であってもよい。
Alternatively, the second condition is (2) when the data includes information on the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals received by the plurality of communication devices 2 located in the target region. Conditions for the signal strength of each signal may be included. Thereby, it is possible to estimate the position of the transmission device 1 when transmitting the individual identification signal.
For example, (2a) the condition that the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, and (2b) the average value of the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals is predetermined. (2c) The condition that the lowest signal strength among a plurality of individual identification signals is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and (2d) The standard deviation of the plurality of individual identification signals is less than or equal to a predetermined value. Or the like. The “predetermined threshold” in (2a) may be the same threshold as the signal intensity threshold in the position determination process, or may be a different threshold (for example, a higher threshold).
According to the conditions (2a) to (2d), any one of data relating to a plurality of individual identification signals received by one communication device 2 and data relating to a plurality of individual identification signals received by a plurality of communication devices 2 Stay determination is possible.
For example, when a plurality of individual identification signals are received by one communication apparatus 2, by applying the conditions (2a) to (2d), the communication apparatus 2 of the transmission apparatus 1 within the individual identification signal reception time can be applied. Average distance, longest distance, distance variation, etc. can be considered.
Further, when a plurality of individual identification signals are received by a plurality of communication devices 2, by applying the conditions (2a) to (2d), the average distance from the plurality of communication devices 2 of the transmission device 1 at a certain time It is possible to consider conditions such as longest distance and distance variation.
In addition to the conditions (2a) to (2d), the second condition may include (2e) a condition regarding the position of the transmission device estimated based on the signal strengths of a plurality of individual identification signals. In particular, when a plurality of individual identification signals are received by a plurality of communication devices 2 corresponding to a certain area (in the case of patterns (ii) and (iv) corresponding to a plurality of communication apparatuses 2 in each area), the accuracy is higher. The position of the transmitter 1 can be estimated well (details will be described later).
Further, the second condition may be a condition based on an algorithm generated by (2f) machine learning.
 また、第2の条件は、(3)その他の条件であってもよいし、(4)の条件として、(1)~(3)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。 Further, the second condition may be (3) other conditions, or may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3) as the condition (4). .
 さらに、滞在判定部105は、複数の個体識別信号各々の機器情報に関連付けられた通信装置2の属性についての属性情報に基づいて、複数の領域のうちの一の領域を対象領域と特定し、複数の個体識別信号に基づいて特定された対象領域内に家畜が滞在するか否か判定してもよい。
 例えば、複数の領域を有する上記(i)及び(ii)のパターンでは、データ取得部104によって取得された複数の個体識別信号が、複数の領域に対応する通信装置2から送信される可能性がある。そこで、滞在判定部105は、データに含まれる通信装置2の機器情報と、記憶されている通信装置2の属性の情報とから、データに関する個体識別信号がどの領域に対応する通信装置2から送信されたものであるか特定し、特定された領域を対象領域として処理することができる。
Furthermore, the stay determination unit 105 identifies one of the plurality of regions as the target region based on the attribute information about the attribute of the communication device 2 associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. It may be determined whether the livestock stays in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
For example, in the patterns (i) and (ii) having a plurality of areas, there is a possibility that a plurality of individual identification signals acquired by the data acquisition unit 104 may be transmitted from the communication device 2 corresponding to the plurality of areas. is there. Therefore, the stay determination unit 105 transmits from the communication device 2 corresponding to which region the individual identification signal regarding the data is transmitted from the device information of the communication device 2 included in the data and the stored attribute information of the communication device 2. The identified area can be processed as the target area.
 属性情報記憶部108には、属性情報についてのデータが記憶されている。
 属性情報記憶部108は、複数の個体識別信号各々を受信した通信装置2を識別する機器情報と、機器情報により識別される通信装置2の領域属性情報とを関連付けて記憶する。
 領域属性情報は、例えば、複数の領域のうちの通信装置2の位置に対応する一の領域についての情報を含んでいてもよい。また、領域属性情報は、通信装置2の位置に対応する領域において管理される家畜のグループについての情報や、畜産施設における通信装置2又は当該領域の相対位置の情報、通信装置2又は当該領域の絶対的な位置の情報(緯度、経度など)等を含んでいてもよい。
 属性情報記憶部108は、機器情報に対して、1の領域属性情報を記憶していてもよいし、複数の属性情報を記憶していてもよい。
 図5は、属性情報記憶部108に記憶された領域属性情報データベースの一構成例を示す図である。同図に示す「ID」は機器情報に含まれる通信装置2の識別子とし、ID001の通信装置は図1及び図2に示す通信装置2a、ID002の通信装置は図1に示す通信装置2bにそれぞれ対応するものとする。図5に示す領域属性情報データベースには、1の通信装置2に関連して、「名称」及び「説明」の2つの領域属性情報が記憶されている。
 例えば、同図に示す「牛群Aの柵」は、「牛群Aを管理するための、柵で区画された領域」を意味し、図1及び図2の領域R1を示すものとする。
 また、同図に示す「牛群Bの柵」は、同様に、図1及び図2の領域R2を示すものとする。
 すなわち、図5に示すデータベースから、通信装置2aが領域R1の入口に設置され、通信装置2bが領域R2の入口に設置されていることがわかる。
The attribute information storage unit 108 stores data about attribute information.
The attribute information storage unit 108 stores the device information for identifying the communication device 2 that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals and the region attribute information of the communication device 2 identified by the device information in association with each other.
The area attribute information may include, for example, information about one area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2 among a plurality of areas. Further, the area attribute information includes information on the group of livestock managed in the area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2, information on the relative position of the communication device 2 or the area in the livestock facility, the communication apparatus 2 or the area. Absolute position information (latitude, longitude, etc.) may be included.
The attribute information storage unit 108 may store one area attribute information for the device information, or may store a plurality of attribute information.
FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of the region attribute information database stored in the attribute information storage unit 108. “ID” shown in the figure is the identifier of the communication device 2 included in the device information, the communication device of ID001 is the communication device 2a shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, and the communication device of ID002 is the communication device 2b shown in FIG. It shall correspond. In the area attribute information database shown in FIG. 5, two area attribute information of “name” and “description” are stored in association with one communication device 2.
For example, “fence of cattle herd A” shown in the figure means “an area partitioned by a fence for managing cattle herd A” and represents an area R1 in FIG. 1 and FIG.
Similarly, “fence of cattle herd B” shown in the same figure shall indicate the region R2 of FIG. 1 and FIG.
That is, it can be seen from the database shown in FIG. 5 that the communication device 2a is installed at the entrance of the region R1, and the communication device 2b is installed at the entrance of the region R2.
 属性情報記憶部108は、個体識別子と、個体識別子により識別される送信装置1の属性についての領域の管理対象情報とを関連付けてさらに記憶する。
 領域の管理対象情報は、送信装置1を装着する家畜に対応する領域についての情報を含んでいてもよい。このような領域についての情報は、例えばある領域で管理される家畜のグループの情報であってもよいし、領域の名称等の情報であってもよい。
 図6は、属性情報記憶部108に記憶された領域の管理対象情報データベースの一構成例を示す図である。
 同図に示す「牛ID」は、送信装置1の個体識別子とし、「登録牛群」は、各牛IDに対応する家畜が属するグループを示す。
 例えば、「登録牛群」が牛群Aとして登録されている家畜は、図5に示す「牛群A柵」に対応する領域R1において管理される。「登録牛群」が牛群Bとして登録されている家畜は、図5に示す「牛群B柵」に対応する領域R1において管理される。
The attribute information storage unit 108 further stores the individual identifier and the management target information of the area for the attribute of the transmission device 1 identified by the individual identifier in association with each other.
The area management target information may include information about the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission device 1 is attached. Such information about the area may be, for example, information on a group of livestock managed in a certain area, or information such as the name of the area.
FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of the management target information database for the area stored in the attribute information storage unit 108.
The “cow ID” shown in the figure is an individual identifier of the transmission device 1, and the “registered cow group” indicates a group to which livestock corresponding to each cow ID belongs.
For example, livestock in which “registered cattle herd” is registered as cattle herd A is managed in a region R1 corresponding to “cow herd A fence” shown in FIG. Livestock in which “registered cattle herd” is registered as cattle herd B is managed in an area R1 corresponding to “cow herd B fence” shown in FIG.
 領域判定部106は、家畜が対象領域内に滞在すると判定された場合、属性情報記憶部108に記憶された領域の管理対象情報に基づいて、判定された対象領域と、上記複数の個体識別信号の送信元の上記送信装置を装着する家畜に対応する領域とが一致するか否か判定する。
 図2Bの家畜A2を例に挙げると、領域判定部106は、家畜A2が対象領域として領域R2に滞在すると判定された場合、この領域R2が、家畜A2の属する牛群Aに関連付けて記憶された領域に一致するか否か、判定する。この場合は、牛群Aに関連付けて記憶された領域は領域R1であるため、一致しない。したがって、当該判定結果をユーザに知らせ、家畜A2を移動させる必要がある。
When it is determined that the livestock stays in the target area, the area determination unit 106 determines the determined target area and the plurality of individual identification signals based on the management target information of the area stored in the attribute information storage unit 108. It is determined whether or not the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission apparatus of the transmission source is attached matches.
Taking the livestock A2 of FIG. 2B as an example, if it is determined that the livestock A2 stays in the region R2 as the target region, the region determination unit 106 stores the region R2 in association with the cattle herd A to which the livestock A2 belongs. It is determined whether or not the area matches. In this case, since the area stored in association with the herd A is the area R1, they do not match. Therefore, it is necessary to inform the user of the determination result and move livestock A2.
 出力部107は、領域判定部106の判定結果を、端末装置4の表示部25及び/又は図示しないスピーカ等に対して適宜出力することができる。 The output unit 107 can appropriately output the determination result of the region determination unit 106 to the display unit 25 of the terminal device 4 and / or a speaker (not shown).
 [動作例]
 図7は、家畜管理システム100の登録処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。
 本動作例では、図2Bの家畜A1に装着された送信装置1aから、通信装置2bに個体識別信号が送信された例について説明する。
 なお、同図において、ST101~ST104の処理は、送信装置1により実行され、ST201~ST206の処理は、通信装置2により実行され、ST301~ST306の処理は、サーバ装置3により実行され、ST401~ST402の処理は、端末装置4により実行される。
[Operation example]
FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of registration processing of the livestock management system 100.
In this operation example, an example will be described in which an individual identification signal is transmitted to the communication device 2b from the transmission device 1a attached to the livestock A1 in FIG.
In the figure, the processing of ST101 to ST104 is executed by the transmission device 1, the processing of ST201 to ST206 is executed by the communication device 2, the processing of ST301 to ST306 is executed by the server device 3, and ST401 to ST401 The process of ST402 is executed by the terminal device 4.
 まず、送信装置1aは、所定の条件を満たした場合(ST101)、送信装置1aを識別する個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を送信する(ST102)。ここでいう所定の条件は、例えば、発電部111による発電量が所定の発電量以上となったという条件でもよい。あるいは、通信装置2、端末装置4等から個体識別信号の要求個体識別信号を受信したという条件でもよい。
 通信装置2の信号受信部102は、送信された個体識別信号を受信し(ST201)、位置判定部103は、送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号が、送信装置1が対象領域に位置するための第1の条件を満たすか否か判定する(ST202)。本動作例において、第1の条件は、例えば上記(1a)の条件、すなわち、受信した個体識別信号の信号強度が所定の閾値以上であるという条件を含むものとする。この「所定の閾値」は、端末装置4又はサーバ装置3が機械学習や予め取得したデータ等から設定されてもよいし、ユーザにより設定されてもよい。
 これにより、例えば図1を参照し、送信装置1aが、通信装置2から所定の距離以下の場所にあるということを判定することができ、送信装置1aを装着した家畜A1が領域R1の入口付近に位置するか否か判定することができる。
First, when a predetermined condition is satisfied (ST101), the transmission device 1a transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier for identifying the transmission device 1a (ST102). The predetermined condition here may be, for example, a condition that the power generation amount by the power generation unit 111 is equal to or greater than a predetermined power generation amount. Alternatively, it may be a condition that the request individual identification signal of the individual identification signal is received from the communication device 2, the terminal device 4, or the like.
The signal reception unit 102 of the communication device 2 receives the transmitted individual identification signal (ST201), and the position determination unit 103 determines that the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 is located in the target area of the transmission device 1. It is determined whether or not the first condition is satisfied (ST202). In this operation example, the first condition includes, for example, the above condition (1a), that is, the condition that the signal strength of the received individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. This “predetermined threshold value” may be set by machine learning, data acquired in advance by the terminal device 4 or the server device 3, or may be set by the user.
Accordingly, for example, referring to FIG. 1, it can be determined that the transmission device 1a is located at a predetermined distance or less from the communication device 2, and the livestock A1 wearing the transmission device 1a is near the entrance of the region R1. It is possible to determine whether or not it is located at.
 上記個体識別信号が第1の条件を満たすと判定された場合(ST202でY)、通信装置2は、当該個体識別信号についてのデータをサーバ装置3へ送信する。本動作例において、このデータは、当該個体識別信号についての、(A)個体識別信号に含まれる個体識別子、(B)通信装置2の機器情報、(C)対象領域に位置する1または複数の通信装置によって受信された際の信号強度の情報を含む。さらに、(D)位置判定部103による判定結果、を含んでも良い。
 第1の条件を満たさないと判定された場合は(ST302でN)、通信装置2は、データを送信せず、別の個体識別信号を受信してもよい(ST304)。
When it is determined that the individual identification signal satisfies the first condition (Y in ST202), the communication device 2 transmits data about the individual identification signal to the server device 3. In this operation example, this data includes (A) the individual identifier included in the individual identification signal, (B) device information of the communication device 2 and (C) one or more of the individual identification signals located in the target region. Contains signal strength information when received by the communication device. Further, (D) a determination result by the position determination unit 103 may be included.
When it is determined that the first condition is not satisfied (N in ST302), the communication device 2 may receive another individual identification signal without transmitting data (ST304).
 一方、送信装置1aは、再び所定の条件を満たした場合(ST103)、送信装置1aを識別する個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を送信する(ST104)。
 そして、通信装置2bが、ST201~ST203と同様に、送信された個体識別信号を受信し(ST204)、当該個体識別信号が第1の条件を満たすか否か判定し(ST205)、当該個体識別信号についてのデータを送信する(ST206)。
 なお、通信装置2Bは、図7に示すように個体識別信号毎にデータを送信するのではなく、複数の個体識別信号についてのデータをまとめて送信してもよい。
On the other hand, when the predetermined condition is satisfied again (ST103), transmitting apparatus 1a transmits an individual identification signal including an individual identifier for identifying transmitting apparatus 1a (ST104).
Then, similarly to ST201 to ST203, communication device 2b receives the transmitted individual identification signal (ST204), determines whether or not the individual identification signal satisfies the first condition (ST205), and determines the individual identification. Data about the signal is transmitted (ST206).
Note that the communication device 2B may transmit data for a plurality of individual identification signals collectively, instead of transmitting data for each individual identification signal as shown in FIG.
 サーバ装置3は、送信されたデータを受信し、データ取得部104が第1の条件を満たすと判定された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータを取得する(ST301)。データ取得部104は、例えば、所定時間内に受信され一時的に記憶部32に蓄積された各個体識別信号のデータを取得する。
 続いて、滞在判定部105は、取得されたデータが、対象領域内に家畜が滞在するための第2の条件を満たすか否か判定する(ST302)。本動作例において、「複数の個体識別信号」は、1つの送信装置1aから送信された複数の個体識別信号である。
 まず滞在判定部105は、複数の個体識別信号各々の機器情報に関連付けられた通信装置2bの領域属性情報に基づいて、複数の領域のうちの一の領域を対象領域と特定する。
 例えば、滞在判定部105は、図5に示す領域属性情報データベースに基づいて、通信装置2bのID「002」から、対象領域を「牛群B」(領域R2)と特定する。
 そして滞在判定部105は、取得されたデータが、複数の個体識別信号に基づいて特定された対象領域内に家畜が滞在するための第2の条件を満たすか否か判定する。
 第2の条件は、例えば、(1)複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件を含んでいる。(1)の条件については、上述の(1a)~(1e)の条件のうち、いずれの条件であってもよい。第2の条件は、さらに、(2)複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含んでいてもよい。(2)の条件についても、(2a)~(2f)の条件のうち、いずれの条件であってもよいが、例えば、(2a)~(2d)の条件とすることができる。
Server device 3 receives the transmitted data, and acquires data for a plurality of individual identification signals determined by data acquisition section 104 to satisfy the first condition (ST301). For example, the data acquisition unit 104 acquires data of each individual identification signal received within a predetermined time and temporarily accumulated in the storage unit 32.
Subsequently, stay determination section 105 determines whether or not the acquired data satisfies the second condition for livestock staying in the target area (ST302). In this operation example, “a plurality of individual identification signals” are a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from one transmission device 1a.
First, the stay determination unit 105 identifies one of the plurality of regions as the target region based on the region attribute information of the communication device 2b associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
For example, the stay determination unit 105 specifies the target region as “cow herd B” (region R2) from the ID “002” of the communication device 2b based on the region attribute information database shown in FIG.
The stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the acquired data satisfies the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
The second condition includes, for example, (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. The condition (1) may be any of the above conditions (1a) to (1e). The second condition may further include (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. The condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f), but may be the conditions (2a) to (2d), for example.
 また、本動作例において、各処理に用いられる閾値や、データ取得部104によるデータ取得の時間間隔等のパラメータは、ユーザにより設定され得る。この場合は、例えば、端末装置4の入力操作部46からの入力操作に基づいて、閾値等のパラメータが設定される。
 図8は、端末装置4の表示部45に表示された、パラメータの設定画面の一例を示す図である。
 同図に示すデータ取得間隔入力欄451は、データ取得部104によるデータ取得の時間間隔を入力する欄である。RSSI閾値入力欄452は、位置判定部103による位置判定処理時の信号強度の閾値を入力する欄である。RSSI閾値入力欄453は、滞在判定部105による判定処理時の信号強度の閾値を入力する欄である。また、クリアボタン454は、入力された値を消去するボタンであり、登録ボタン455は、入力された値を決定するボタンである。
 さらに、パラメータの設定画面には、同図に示す例の他、RSSI閾値入力欄に加えて、又はRSSI閾値入力欄に替えて、概算距離閾値入力欄が設けられていてもよい。概算距離閾値入力欄は、例えば、RSSIに対応した通信装置2と送信装置1との間の概算距離(例えば、X [m]等)の閾値を入力する欄であるものとする。これにより、ユーザが、RSSIの値そのものよりも直感的に、送信装置1と通信装置2との距離を規定することができる。
Further, in this operation example, parameters such as a threshold value used for each process and a data acquisition time interval by the data acquisition unit 104 can be set by the user. In this case, for example, a parameter such as a threshold is set based on an input operation from the input operation unit 46 of the terminal device 4.
FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of a parameter setting screen displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4.
A data acquisition interval input field 451 shown in the figure is a field for inputting a data acquisition time interval by the data acquisition unit 104. The RSSI threshold value input field 452 is a field for inputting a signal strength threshold value at the time of position determination processing by the position determination unit 103. The RSSI threshold value input field 453 is a field for inputting a signal strength threshold value at the time of determination processing by the stay determination unit 105. The clear button 454 is a button for deleting the input value, and the registration button 455 is a button for determining the input value.
Furthermore, in addition to the example shown in the figure, the parameter setting screen may include an approximate distance threshold value input field in addition to the RSSI threshold value input field or instead of the RSSI threshold value input field. The approximate distance threshold value input field is, for example, a field for inputting a threshold value of an approximate distance (for example, X [m]) between the communication device 2 and the transmission device 1 corresponding to RSSI. Thereby, the user can prescribe | regulate the distance of the transmitter 1 and the communication apparatus 2 more intuitively than the value of RSSI itself.
 続いて、第2の条件を満たすと判定された場合(ST302でY)、領域判定部106は、属性情報記憶部108に記憶された情報に基づいて、判定された対象領域と、複数の個体識別信号の送信元の送信装置1を装着する家畜に対応する領域とが一致するか否か判定する(ST303)。
 例えば、領域判定部106は、図6に示す領域の管理対象情報データベースを参照し、送信装置1aから送信された個体識別子に対応する領域を検索する。
 例えば、送信装置1aの個体識別子がID01000313だった場合、登録牛群は牛群Aである。これにより、領域判定部106は、「牛群A」と、判定された「牛群B」とが対応せず、領域が一致していないと判定する。
Subsequently, when it is determined that the second condition is satisfied (Y in ST302), the region determination unit 106 determines the target region determined based on the information stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 and a plurality of individuals. It is determined whether or not the area corresponding to the livestock to which the transmission device 1 that is the transmission source of the identification signal is attached coincides (ST303).
For example, the area determination unit 106 refers to the management object information database of the area illustrated in FIG. 6 and searches for an area corresponding to the individual identifier transmitted from the transmission device 1a.
For example, when the individual identifier of the transmission device 1a is ID01000313, the registered cattle herd is cattle herd A. Thereby, the area determination unit 106 determines that the “cow group A” does not correspond to the determined “cow group B” and the areas do not match.
 続いて、サーバ装置3は、滞在判定部105及び領域判定部106の判定結果を端末装置4へ送信する(ST304)。サーバ装置3は、例えば、端末装置4からの送信要求に基づいて判定結果を送信してもよく、自動的に端末装置4へ判定結果を送信してもよい。 Subsequently, the server device 3 transmits the determination results of the stay determination unit 105 and the region determination unit 106 to the terminal device 4 (ST304). For example, the server device 3 may transmit the determination result based on a transmission request from the terminal device 4 or may automatically transmit the determination result to the terminal device 4.
 端末装置4は、サーバ装置3から送信された送信結果を受信し(ST401)、出力部107が、例えば、当該判定結果を表示部45に出力する(ST402)。
 図9は、表示部45に表示された滞在判定及び領域判定の結果の一例を示す表である。
 同図に示す「牛ID」及び「登録牛群」は、図6に示す領域の管理対象情報データベースに記憶されているものと同一の項目であり、それぞれ個体識別子と領域の管理対象情報の例を示す。「現在の牛群」は、各家畜が判定された対象領域を示す。なお、「監視中」とは、家畜管理システム100が処理を実行中であることを示す。また、当該画面中に、ユーザが処理を開始又は停止する入力操作が可能なボタン等が表示されていてもよい。
 同図を参照し、例えば送信装置1aを装着しているID01000313の家畜は、登録牛群と現在の牛群が一致していない。この場合は、例えば、当該ID01000313の「現在の牛群」を示すセルに、他のセルとは異なる文字の色や背景色等が適用され、当該セルの視認性が高められる。これにより、ユーザに、適切な領域で管理されていない家畜をより確実に通知することができる。
The terminal device 4 receives the transmission result transmitted from the server device 3 (ST401), and the output unit 107 outputs, for example, the determination result to the display unit 45 (ST402).
FIG. 9 is a table showing an example of the stay determination and area determination results displayed on the display unit 45.
The “cow ID” and “registered cattle herd” shown in the figure are the same items as those stored in the area management object information database shown in FIG. 6, and are examples of individual identifiers and area management object information. Indicates. “Current cattle herd” indicates a target area in which each livestock is determined. Note that “being monitored” indicates that the livestock management system 100 is executing processing. Further, a button or the like on which the user can perform an input operation for starting or stopping the process may be displayed on the screen.
Referring to the figure, for example, in the livestock of ID01000313 equipped with the transmission device 1a, the registered cattle herd does not match the current cattle herd. In this case, for example, a character color or a background color different from other cells is applied to the cell indicating the “current cattle herd” of the ID01000313, and the visibility of the cell is improved. Thereby, it is possible to more reliably notify the user of livestock not managed in an appropriate area.
 本動作例によれば、まず、位置判定部103が、送信装置1aから送信された個体識別信号が通信装置2bの所定の距離範囲内から送信されたものであるか否か判定する。続いて、サーバ装置3の滞在判定部105が、近傍から送信されたと判定された個体識別信号が、所定時間以上同一の通信装置2bの近傍から送信されたものであるか否か、判定する。これにより、この送信装置1aを装着した家畜A1が、所定時間以上通信装置2bの近傍に滞在していたか否かを判定することができる。すなわち、単に通信装置2bの近傍を通過しただけではなく、通信装置2bの位置に対応する領域内に滞在していることを判定することができる。
 また、滞在判定部105が、個体識別信号を受信した通信装置2bの領域属性情報に基づいて滞在している対象領域を特定することができるため、複数の家畜を管理する領域を有する畜産施設に対しても適用することができる。
According to this operation example, first, the position determination unit 103 determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1a is transmitted from within a predetermined distance range of the communication device 2b. Subsequently, the stay determination unit 105 of the server device 3 determines whether the individual identification signal determined to have been transmitted from the vicinity is transmitted from the vicinity of the same communication device 2b for a predetermined time or more. Thereby, it is possible to determine whether or not the livestock A1 wearing the transmission device 1a has stayed in the vicinity of the communication device 2b for a predetermined time or more. That is, it is possible to determine that the user is not only passing through the vicinity of the communication device 2b but is staying in an area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2b.
Moreover, since the stay determination part 105 can identify the target area | region which is staying based on the area | region attribute information of the communication apparatus 2b which received the individual identification signal, it is a livestock facility which has the area | region which manages several livestock. It can also be applied to.
 以上より、本実施形態によれば、送信装置1の個体識別信号送信時の位置のみならず、経時的な送信位置等を解析して、各家畜における対象領域内での滞在の有無を判定することができる。これにより、各家畜が管理されるべき領域に滞在しているか否か自動的に判定することができ、特に多数の家畜の管理を容易にすることができる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、比較的処理コストの低い位置判定部103の処理を通信装置2で実行し、判定条件を満たした個体識別信号に関するデータのみサーバ装置3に送信される。これにより、通信装置2の処理負荷を軽減することができるとともに、サーバ装置3において、複数の個体識別信号のデータを用いたより詳細な解析を実行することができる。また、全ての個体識別信号についてのデータをサーバ装置3へ送信する必要がなくなり、通信処理に係るコストも低減することができる。
As mentioned above, according to this embodiment, not only the position at the time of transmission of the individual identification signal of the transmission apparatus 1 but also analysis of the transmission position over time, etc., and the presence or absence of stay in the target area in each domestic animal is determined. be able to. Thereby, it can be automatically determined whether each livestock is staying in the area to be managed, and management of a large number of livestock can be facilitated.
Further, according to the present embodiment, the processing of the position determination unit 103 with relatively low processing cost is executed by the communication device 2, and only the data related to the individual identification signal that satisfies the determination condition is transmitted to the server device 3. Thereby, while being able to reduce the processing load of the communication apparatus 2, the server apparatus 3 can perform a more detailed analysis using the data of the several individual identification signal. Further, it is not necessary to transmit data about all the individual identification signals to the server device 3, and the cost related to the communication processing can be reduced.
 [本実施形態の変形例]
 以下、本実施形態の変形例について説明する。なお、上述の実施形態と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。
[Modification of this embodiment]
Hereinafter, modifications of the present embodiment will be described. In addition, about the structure similar to the above-mentioned embodiment, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and description is abbreviate | omitted.
 (変形例1-1:通信装置と領域の対応パターンが(ii)の場合の変形例)
 上述の動作例では、通信装置と領域の対応パターンが(i)複数の領域があり、各領域に1の通信装置2が対応するパターンの場合について説明したが、(ii)複数の領域があり、各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応するパターンの場合について説明する。
 図10は、変形例1-1に係る各領域と通信装置2の位置関係を示す模式的な図である。
 同図には、図2と同様に、畜産施設の複数の領域R1,R2に家畜A1~A3が管理されている。
 領域R1の入口に通信装置2a,2bが配置され、領域R2の入口に通信装置2c,2dが配置されている。
(Modification 1-1: Modification in the case where the correspondence pattern between the communication device and the area is (ii))
In the above-described operation example, the correspondence pattern between the communication device and the region has been described as (i) a plurality of regions, and one communication device 2 corresponds to each region. However, (ii) there are a plurality of regions. A case of a pattern in which a plurality of communication devices 2 correspond to each area will be described.
FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating the positional relationship between each area and the communication device 2 according to Modification 1-1.
In the figure, livestock A1 to A3 are managed in a plurality of areas R1 and R2 of the livestock facility, as in FIG.
Communication devices 2a and 2b are arranged at the entrance of the region R1, and communication devices 2c and 2d are arranged at the entrance of the region R2.
 本変形例においても、データ取得部104によって取得された複数の個体識別信号が、複数の領域R1,R2に対応する通信装置2a~2dから送信される可能性がある。
 そこで、滞在判定部105は、複数の個体識別信号各々の機器情報に関連付けられた通信装置2a~2dの領域属性情報に基づいて、複数の領域R1,R2のうちの一の領域を対象領域と特定し、複数の個体識別信号に基づいて特定された対象領域内に家畜が滞在するか否か判定してもよい。対象領域の特定については、上述の動作例と同様に実行することができる。
 また、滞在判定部105は、対象領域を特定した後、複数の個体識別信号に基づいて特定された対象領域内に家畜が滞在するための第2の条件を満たすか否か判定する。
 本変形例において、第2の条件は、(2)複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含んでいる。(2)の条件については、(2a)~(2f)の条件のうち、いずれの条件であってもよいが、例えば、(2e)複数の個体識別信号の信号強度に基づいて推定された送信装置の位置についての条件とすることができる。
 なお、第2の条件は、(2)の条件の他、(1)複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件も含んでいてもよいし、(3)その他の条件であってもよく、(4)の条件として、(1)~(3)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。
Also in this modification, there is a possibility that a plurality of individual identification signals acquired by the data acquisition unit 104 are transmitted from the communication devices 2a to 2d corresponding to the plurality of regions R1 and R2.
Therefore, the stay determination unit 105 sets one of the plurality of regions R1 and R2 as the target region based on the region attribute information of the communication devices 2a to 2d associated with the device information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. It may be determined whether or not the livestock stays in the target area specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals. The identification of the target area can be performed in the same manner as in the above operation example.
In addition, the stay determination unit 105 determines whether or not the second condition for the livestock to stay in the target region specified based on the plurality of individual identification signals is specified after the target region is specified.
In the present modification, the second condition includes (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. The condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f). For example, (2e) transmission estimated based on the signal strength of a plurality of individual identification signals It can be a condition for the position of the device.
In addition to the condition (2), the second condition may include (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals, or (3) other conditions. The condition (4) may be a condition obtained by combining a plurality of conditions (1) to (3).
 図10の領域R1を参照し、(2e)の条件について説明する。
 上述のように、信号強度と通信距離との間には相関がある。このため、例えば各通信装置2a,2bが、家畜A1が装着している送信装置1aからの個体識別信号についての信号強度の情報をそれぞれ取得した場合、送信装置1aと通信装置2a,2b各々との間の距離L1,L2を算出することができる。これにより、三角測量の要領で、送信装置1aの位置、すなわち家畜A1の位置を算出することができる。
 この算出方法を用いて、例えば、(2e)の条件として、複数の通信装置2a,2bにより算出された送信装置1aの位置が、領域R1内の入口から離れた領域R11であるという条件を適用することができる。領域R11は、例えば、領域R1の入口に配置された各通信装置2a,2bから所定の距離以上離れた領域であってもよいし、領域R1の入口から所定の距離以上離れた領域であってもよい。これにより、家畜A1が、領域R1の内部に確実に滞在していることを判定することができる。
The condition (2e) will be described with reference to the region R1 in FIG.
As described above, there is a correlation between signal strength and communication distance. For this reason, when each communication apparatus 2a, 2b acquires the information of the signal strength about the individual identification signal from the transmission apparatus 1a with which the domestic animal A1 is equipped, respectively, for example, the transmission apparatus 1a and each of the communication apparatuses 2a, 2b The distances L1 and L2 between the two can be calculated. Thereby, the position of the transmitter 1a, that is, the position of the livestock A1 can be calculated in the manner of triangulation.
Using this calculation method, for example, as the condition (2e), the condition that the position of the transmission device 1a calculated by the plurality of communication devices 2a and 2b is the region R11 away from the entrance in the region R1 is applied. can do. The region R11 may be, for example, a region separated by a predetermined distance or more from each of the communication devices 2a and 2b arranged at the entrance of the region R1, or a region separated by a predetermined distance or more from the entrance of the region R1. Also good. Thereby, it can be determined that the livestock A1 is reliably staying in the region R1.
 (変形例1-2:通信装置と領域の対応パターンが(iii)の場合の変形例)
 通信装置と領域の対応パターンは、上述の(iii)1つの領域のみで、各領域に1の通信装置2が対応するパターンであってもよい。このパターン(iii)は、例えば、図2において領域R1又は領域R2のみ有するパターンである。
 本変形例において、判定すべき対象領域が1つであることから、滞在判定部105は、領域を特定する処理を実行せずに第2の条件についての判定を実行することができる。
(Modification 1-2: Modification in the case where the correspondence pattern between the communication device and the area is (iii))
The correspondence pattern between the communication device and the region may be a pattern corresponding to (iii) one region described above, and one communication device 2 corresponding to each region. This pattern (iii) is, for example, a pattern having only the region R1 or the region R2 in FIG.
In this modification, since there is one target area to be determined, the stay determination unit 105 can execute the determination on the second condition without executing the process of specifying the area.
 図11は、変形例1-2に係る家畜管理システム100の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。
 同図に示すように、本変形例に係る家畜管理システム100は、信号送信部101と、信号受信部102と、位置判定部103と、データ取得部104と、滞在判定部105と、出力部107とを備える。家畜管理システム100は、領域を判定する処理を実行しないため、領域判定部106を備えなくてもよく、また、通信装置2と領域との対応関係についても考慮しなくてもよくことから、属性情報記憶部108を備えない構成とすることができる。
 滞在判定部105の判定に用いられる第2の条件は、少なくとも(1)複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件を含んでいる。(1)の条件については、(1a)~(1e)の条件のうち、いずれの条件であってもよい。
 なお、第2の条件は、(2)の複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含んでいてもよいし、(3)その他の条件であってもよく、(4)の条件として、(1)~(3)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。
 また、出力部107は、滞在判定部105の判定結果を出力することができ、各家畜が1の対象領域に滞在しているか否かについてユーザに通知することができる。
 これにより、各家畜が、上記対象領域に滞在しているか否かのみを判定することができ、システム構成をよりシンプルにすることができる。
FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 according to Modification 1-2.
As shown in the figure, a livestock management system 100 according to this modification includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, and an output unit. 107. Since the livestock management system 100 does not execute the process of determining the area, the livestock management system 100 does not have to include the area determination unit 106 and does not need to consider the correspondence between the communication device 2 and the area. The information storage unit 108 may not be provided.
The second condition used for the determination by the stay determination unit 105 includes at least (1) a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. The condition (1) may be any of the conditions (1a) to (1e).
The second condition may include a condition regarding the signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in (2), (3) may be other conditions, and the condition (4) , (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of conditions.
Moreover, the output part 107 can output the determination result of the stay determination part 105, and can notify a user about whether each domestic animal is staying in one target area.
Thereby, it can be determined only whether each domestic animal is staying in the target area, and the system configuration can be further simplified.
 (変形例1-3:通信装置と領域の対応パターンが(iii)の場合の変形例)
 通信装置2と領域の対応パターンは、上述の(iv)1つの領域のみで、各領域に複数の通信装置2が対応するパターンであってもよい。このパターン(iv)は、例えば、図10において領域R1又は領域R2のみ有するパターンである。
 本変形例においても、判定すべき対象領域が1つであることから、滞在判定部105は、領域を特定する処理を実行せずに第2の条件についての判定を実行することができる。
(Modification 1-3: Modification in the case where the correspondence pattern between the communication device and the area is (iii))
The correspondence pattern of the communication device 2 and the area may be a pattern in which the above-mentioned (iv) only one area corresponds to a plurality of communication apparatuses 2 in each area. This pattern (iv) is, for example, a pattern having only the region R1 or the region R2 in FIG.
Also in this modified example, since there is one target area to be determined, the stay determination unit 105 can execute the determination on the second condition without executing the process of specifying the area.
 図12は、変形例1-3に係る家畜管理システム100の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。
 同図に示すように、本変形例に係る家畜管理システム100は、信号送信部101と、信号受信部102と、位置判定部103と、データ取得部104と、滞在判定部105と、出力部107と、属性情報記憶部108とを備える。家畜管理システム100は、領域を判定する処理を実行しないため、領域判定部106を備えなくてもよい。
 滞在判定部105の判定に用いられる第2の条件は、少なくとも(2)複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含んでいる。(2)の条件については、(2a)~(2f)の条件のうち、いずれの条件であってもよいが、変形例1-1で説明したように、例えば、(2e)複数の個体識別信号の信号強度に基づいて推定された送信装置の位置についての条件とすることができる。
 なお、第2の条件は、(1)の複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件を含んでいてもよいし、(3)その他の条件であってもよく、(4)の条件として、(1)~(3)のうちの複数の条件を組み合わせた条件であってもよい。
 また、出力部107は、滞在判定部105の判定結果を出力することができ、各家畜が1の対象領域に滞在しているか否かについてユーザに通知することができる。
FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 according to Modification 1-3.
As shown in the figure, a livestock management system 100 according to this modification includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, and an output unit. 107 and an attribute information storage unit 108. Since the livestock management system 100 does not execute the process of determining the area, the area determination unit 106 may not be provided.
The second condition used for the determination by the stay determination unit 105 includes at least (2) a condition regarding the signal strength of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. The condition (2) may be any of the conditions (2a) to (2f), but as described in Modification 1-1, for example, (2e) a plurality of individual identifications A condition for the position of the transmitter estimated based on the signal strength of the signal may be used.
The second condition may include a condition regarding the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in (1), (3) may be other conditions, and the condition (4) , (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of conditions.
Moreover, the output part 107 can output the determination result of the stay determination part 105, and can notify a user about whether each domestic animal is staying in one target area.
 (変形例1-4:システム構成についての変形例) (Modification 1-4: Modification of system configuration)
 図13に示すように、家畜管理システム100は、通信装置2に替えて、第1の通信装置2Aと、第2の通信装置2Bとを有していてもよい。第1の通信装置2Aは、送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号を受信し、第2の送信装置2Bへ当該個体識別信号を送信する。第2の通信装置2Bは、第1の通信装置2Aから送信された個体識別信号を受信し、ネットワークNを介して受信された個体識別信号についてのデータをサーバ装置3へ送信する。
 第1の通信装置2Aは、通信装置2と同様の受信装置として機能し、第2の通信装置2Bは、中継装置として機能する。
 第1の通信装置2Aと第2の通信装置2Bは、上述の通信装置2と同様のハードウェア構成を有していてもよい。
 例えば、第1の通信装置2A及び第2の通信装置2B間の通信は、第1の通信部22を用いてもよいし、他の通信回路を用いてもよい。
 さらに、家畜管理システム100は、3以上の通信装置2を有していてもよい。
As illustrated in FIG. 13, the livestock management system 100 may include a first communication device 2A and a second communication device 2B instead of the communication device 2. The first communication device 2A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1, and transmits the individual identification signal to the second transmission device 2B. The second communication device 2B receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication device 2A, and transmits data about the individual identification signal received via the network N to the server device 3.
The first communication device 2A functions as a reception device similar to the communication device 2, and the second communication device 2B functions as a relay device.
The first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B may have the same hardware configuration as the communication device 2 described above.
For example, the communication between the first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B may use the first communication unit 22 or another communication circuit.
Furthermore, the livestock management system 100 may have three or more communication devices 2.
 他の構成例として、図14に示すように、通信装置2は、受信した個体識別信号に所定の情報を付加して、当該所定の情報が付加された個体識別信号を端末装置4に送信してもよい。
 また、上記所定の情報は、例えば、(a)通信装置2の機器情報、(b)対象領域に位置する1または複数の通信装置によって受信された際の信号強度の情報、(c)対象領域に位置する1の通信装置における上記複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻の情報、(d)その他の情報であってもよく、これら(a)~(d)の情報を組み合わせたものでもよい。
 この場合、図15に示すように、端末装置4の制御部41によって位置判定部103が実現されてもよい。
As another configuration example, as illustrated in FIG. 14, the communication device 2 adds predetermined information to the received individual identification signal, and transmits the individual identification signal to which the predetermined information is added to the terminal device 4. May be.
The predetermined information includes, for example, (a) device information of the communication device 2, (b) information on signal strength when received by one or more communication devices located in the target region, and (c) target region. (D) Other information, or a combination of the information (a) to (d) may be used.
In this case, as illustrated in FIG. 15, the position determination unit 103 may be realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
 他の構成例として、通信装置2と端末装置4とが別体の例を示したが、例えば、通信装置2の機能が、端末装置4により実現されてもよい。
 例えば、滞在監視処理を実行する場合には、端末装置4を対象領域に対応する位置に配置して通信装置2として機能させ、滞在監視処理が終了した後、端末装置4により判定結果が出力される。
 端末装置4がPC等の場合には、この端末装置4を対象領域に対応する位置に常時設置してもよい。また、端末装置4がスマートフォンやタブレット等の携帯情報端末の場合には、滞在監視処理の実行中のみ対象領域に対応する位置に配置し、滞在監視処理の終了後に移動させてもよい。
As another configuration example, an example in which the communication device 2 and the terminal device 4 are separated is shown. However, for example, the function of the communication device 2 may be realized by the terminal device 4.
For example, when executing the stay monitoring process, the terminal device 4 is arranged at a position corresponding to the target area to function as the communication device 2, and after the stay monitoring process is completed, the determination result is output by the terminal device 4. The
When the terminal device 4 is a PC or the like, the terminal device 4 may be always installed at a position corresponding to the target area. In the case where the terminal device 4 is a portable information terminal such as a smartphone or a tablet, the terminal device 4 may be arranged at a position corresponding to the target area only during the stay monitoring process and moved after the stay monitoring process.
 さらに他の構成例として、家畜管理システム100は、上述のデータ取得部104と、滞在判定部105とを少なくとも備えた、少なくとも1つの情報処理装置(上述の例では端末装置4又はサーバ装置3)を管理装置として備えていればよい。すなわち、送信装置、通信装置等は、汎用されている装置や、上記管理装置によって制御されない装置を適用することができる。 As yet another configuration example, the livestock management system 100 includes at least one information processing device (in the above example, the terminal device 4 or the server device 3) that includes at least the data acquisition unit 104 and the stay determination unit 105 described above. As a management device. That is, as the transmission device, the communication device, and the like, a widely used device or a device that is not controlled by the management device can be applied.
 (変形例1-5:送信装置の変形例)
 送信装置1は、上述の構成に限定されない。
 例えば、送信装置1は、図16に示すように、周囲の環境に関する情報を取得するセンサ部14を有していてもよい。
 送信装置1の信号送信部101は、センサ部14によるセンサデータを個体識別子とともに送信し、通信装置2、サーバ装置3、端末装置4等がセンサデータを受信し、活用することができる。
 センサ部14は、GPS等の位置情報センサであってもよい。当該センサ部14は、送信装置1の位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部としても機能し得る。これにより、位置判定部103及び/又は滞在判定部105が、この位置情報を用いて判定処理を行うことができる。
 またセンサ部14は、振動センサや加速度センサ等の活動量センサ、体温センサ等、家畜のバイタルデータを出力するの家畜のバイタルセンサ等を含んでいてもよい。これにより、サーバ装置3の制御部31等が、受信したセンサデータを個体識別子に関連付けて属性情報記憶部108に記憶させることができる。出力部107は、センサデータの情報を、例えば滞在監視処理の判定結果等とともにユーザに対して表示してもよいし、ユーザの要求に応じて出力してもよい。
 さらに、センサ部14は、気温、湿度、雨量、風速、気圧等の気候に関するデータを計測可能なセンサを含んでいてもよい。
(Modification 1-5: Modification of Transmitter)
The transmission device 1 is not limited to the above-described configuration.
For example, as illustrated in FIG. 16, the transmission device 1 may include a sensor unit 14 that acquires information about the surrounding environment.
The signal transmission unit 101 of the transmission device 1 transmits the sensor data from the sensor unit 14 together with the individual identifier, and the communication device 2, the server device 3, the terminal device 4 and the like can receive and utilize the sensor data.
The sensor unit 14 may be a position information sensor such as GPS. The sensor unit 14 can also function as a position information acquisition unit that acquires position information of the transmission device 1. Thereby, the position determination part 103 and / or the stay determination part 105 can perform a determination process using this position information.
The sensor unit 14 may include a livestock vital sensor for outputting livestock vital data, such as an activity sensor such as a vibration sensor or an acceleration sensor, a body temperature sensor, or the like. Thereby, the control unit 31 or the like of the server device 3 can store the received sensor data in the attribute information storage unit 108 in association with the individual identifier. The output unit 107 may display the sensor data information to the user together with the determination result of the stay monitoring process, for example, or may output the sensor data in response to the user's request.
Further, the sensor unit 14 may include a sensor capable of measuring data related to climate such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed, and atmospheric pressure.
 図17は、変形例1-5における家畜管理システム100の機能的構成の一例を示すブロック図である。同図に示すように、家畜管理システム100は、位置判定部103がサーバ装置3の制御部31により実現されていてもよい。この場合、通信装置2が受信した個体識別信号のフィルタリングをせずに全ての個体識別信号をサーバ装置3へ送信することができる。このような構成により、サーバ装置3が、信号強度(RSSI)の低い個体識別信号のセンサデータも活用することができ、さらに位置判定も精度よく行うことができる。 FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 in Modification 1-5. As shown in the figure, in the livestock management system 100, the position determination unit 103 may be realized by the control unit 31 of the server device 3. In this case, all the individual identification signals can be transmitted to the server device 3 without filtering the individual identification signals received by the communication device 2. With such a configuration, the server device 3 can also use sensor data of an individual identification signal having a low signal strength (RSSI), and can also perform position determination with high accuracy.
 (変形例1-6:位置判定部を有さない変形例)
 図18は、変形例1-6における家畜管理システム100の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。同図に示すように、家畜管理システム100は、位置判定部を有さない構成としてもよい。
(Modification 1-6: Modification without Position Determination Unit)
FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the livestock management system 100 in Modification 1-6. As shown in the figure, the livestock management system 100 may be configured without the position determination unit.
 この場合、例えば、信号受信部102は、個体識別信号の受信について指向性を有し、対象領域内の方向から送信された個体識別信号のみ受信するように構成されてもよい。これにより、データ取得部104が、家畜に装着され対象領域に対応した位置の送信装置1から送信された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータを取得することができる。上記構成の信号受信部102は、第1の通信部22のアンテナの指向性等を調整することにより、実現することができる。 In this case, for example, the signal receiving unit 102 may have a directivity for receiving the individual identification signal, and may be configured to receive only the individual identification signal transmitted from the direction within the target region. Thereby, the data acquisition part 104 can acquire the data about the several individual identification signal transmitted from the transmitter 1 of the position with which the livestock was mounted | worn and corresponding to the object area | region. The signal receiving unit 102 configured as described above can be realized by adjusting the directivity of the antenna of the first communication unit 22 and the like.
 あるいは、データ取得部104は、対象領域に対応する通信方式で送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号についてのデータを取得してもよい。この場合、送信装置1の通信部13が異なる通信方式の複数の通信回路を有し、対象領域内外で通信方式を切替可能に構成される。例えば、通信部13は、対象領域内ではBluetooth(登録商標)や赤外線通信等の近距離無線通信が可能な通信方式に切り替えられ、対象領域外では、より長い通信距離を有する通信方式(例えば、数百MHz程度の周波数帯の電波を利用する通信方式)に切り替えられる。送信装置1における通信部13の切替方法は特に限定されず、外部個体識別信号に基づいて切り替えられてもよいし、送信装置1内に搭載されたセンサ等の情報に基づいて切り替えられてもよい。
 この例において、通信装置2の信号受信部102は、対象領域に対応する通信方式による個体識別信号を受信することができ、対象領域に対応しない通信方式による個体識別信号は受信できないように構成される。これにより、信号受信部102は、対象領域内に位置する送信装置1から送信された個体識別信号のみ受信することができる。
 また、信号受信部102が通信方式によらず個体識別信号を受信した後、対象領域に対応する通信方式の個体識別信号のみをサーバ装置3に送信してもよい。
Alternatively, the data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device 1 by the communication method corresponding to the target area. In this case, the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1 has a plurality of communication circuits of different communication methods, and is configured to be able to switch communication methods inside and outside the target area. For example, the communication unit 13 is switched to a communication method capable of short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark) and infrared communication within the target region, and a communication method (for example, a longer communication distance outside the target region (for example, (Communication system using radio waves in a frequency band of about several hundred MHz). The switching method of the communication unit 13 in the transmission device 1 is not particularly limited, and may be switched based on an external individual identification signal, or may be switched based on information such as a sensor mounted in the transmission device 1. .
In this example, the signal receiving unit 102 of the communication device 2 is configured to be able to receive an individual identification signal based on a communication scheme corresponding to the target area, and not to be able to receive an individual identification signal based on a communication scheme not corresponding to the target area. The Thereby, the signal receiving part 102 can receive only the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmitter 1 located in the target region.
Further, after the signal receiving unit 102 receives the individual identification signal regardless of the communication method, only the individual identification signal of the communication method corresponding to the target area may be transmitted to the server device 3.
 (変形例1-7:出力部についての変形例)
 出力部107は、端末装置4により実現される構成に限定されない。
 例えば、出力部107は、通信装置2により実現されてもよい。この場合は、通信装置2が、点灯可能なLED(Light Emitting Diode)、スピーカ、表示デバイス等を有し、これらの構成により出力部107が実現される。この例において、サーバ装置3は、ネットワークN等を介して通信装置2の出力部107に出力指示の個体識別信号を送信することができる。
 例えば、滞在監視処理を実行された家畜の滞在する対象領域と、属性情報記憶部108に登録された領域とが一致していない場合、対象領域に対応する位置の通信装置2(出力部107)が点灯することで、ユーザに通知することができる。あるいは、当該通信装置2(出力部107)が、警報音やアナウンス等の音声を出力してもよい。また、当該通信装置2(出力部107)が、表示デバイスに、不適切なグループの家畜が紛れている旨やその家畜の識別情報等を表示してもよい。
(Modification 1-7: Modification of Output Unit)
The output unit 107 is not limited to the configuration realized by the terminal device 4.
For example, the output unit 107 may be realized by the communication device 2. In this case, the communication device 2 includes a light emitting diode (LED), a speaker, a display device, and the like that can be turned on, and the output unit 107 is realized by these configurations. In this example, the server device 3 can transmit an individual identification signal for output instruction to the output unit 107 of the communication device 2 via the network N or the like.
For example, if the target area where livestock stayed for which the stay monitoring process has been performed does not match the area registered in the attribute information storage unit 108, the communication device 2 (output unit 107) at the position corresponding to the target area The user can be notified by turning on. Alternatively, the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may output a sound such as an alarm sound or an announcement. In addition, the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may display on the display device that an inappropriate group of livestock has been lost, identification information of the livestock, or the like.
 あるいは、出力部107は、送信装置1により実現されてもよい。この場合は、送信装置1が、点灯可能なLED、スピーカ、等を有し、これらの構成により出力部107が実現される。この例において、サーバ装置3は、通信装置2を経由して送信装置1の出力部107に出力指示の個体識別信号を送信することができる。
 例えば、滞在監視処理を実行された家畜の滞在する対象領域と、属性情報記憶部108に登録された領域とが一致していない場合、当該家畜の装着する送信装置1(出力部107)が点灯することで、ユーザに通知することができる。あるいは、当該通信装置2(出力部107)が、警報音を出力してもよい。
Alternatively, the output unit 107 may be realized by the transmission device 1. In this case, the transmission device 1 includes LEDs, speakers, and the like that can be turned on, and the output unit 107 is realized by these configurations. In this example, the server device 3 can transmit the individual identification signal of the output instruction to the output unit 107 of the transmission device 1 via the communication device 2.
For example, if the target area where the livestock where the stay monitoring process has been performed does not match the area registered in the attribute information storage unit 108, the transmission device 1 (output unit 107) to which the livestock is attached is turned on. By doing so, the user can be notified. Alternatively, the communication device 2 (output unit 107) may output an alarm sound.
 (変形例1-8:複数の送信装置からの個体識別信号に基づいて処理を実行する変形例)
 データ取得部104は、複数の送信装置1から送信された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータを取得し、滞在判定部105がこのデータに基づいて滞在判定処理を実行してもよい。
 例えば、位置判定部103により位置を判定された上記複数の個体識別信号により、滞在判定部105は、ある時点における複数の送信装置1(家畜)の位置についての情報を取得することができる。さらに滞在判定部105は、各送信装置から異なる時刻に送信された複数の個体識別信号を解析することにより、複数の送信装置1の移動履歴、すなわち複数の家畜の行動履歴を解析することができる。これにより、各家畜が対象領域内で滞在しているか否か、他の家畜の動きに基づいて判定することができる。
(Modification 1-8: Modification in which processing is executed based on individual identification signals from a plurality of transmission devices)
The data acquisition unit 104 may acquire data on a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the plurality of transmission devices 1, and the stay determination unit 105 may execute a stay determination process based on this data.
For example, the stay determination unit 105 can acquire information on the positions of the plurality of transmission devices 1 (livestock) at a certain point in time based on the plurality of individual identification signals whose positions are determined by the position determination unit 103. Furthermore, the stay determination unit 105 can analyze the movement history of the plurality of transmission devices 1, that is, the behavior history of the plurality of domestic animals, by analyzing the plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from the respective transmission devices at different times. . Thereby, it can be determined based on the movement of other livestock whether each livestock is staying in the target area.
 (変形例1-9:その他の変形例)
 本実施形態の滞在監視処理は、家畜管理システムのみならず、人の見守りシステムに適用することもできる。
 すなわち、見守りシステムは、滞在判定部を少なくとも備え、滞在判定部が、対象者に装着され当該対象者の滞在が可能な対象領域に位置する送信装置から送信された複数の個体識別信号についてのデータに基づいて、当該対象者が対象領域内に滞在するか否か判定する。
 対象領域は、具体的には、対象者の居室や、対象者が滞在する可能性のある施設、対象者が滞在する施設内の領域、等とすることができる。
 これにより、認知症に罹患し、又はその疑いのある高齢者や、迷子の可能性のある子供等の滞在場所を割り出すことができ、高齢者や子供等の安全性を確保することができる。
 さらに、人の見守りシステムは、判定結果の出力にあたり、端末装置の権限を確認し、当該権限に応じて限定的な結果の出力を行うことができる。これにより、家族や関係者に対して十分な情報公開を可能とするとともに、不正な意図を持って当該システムの結果を利用されることを防止することができる。
(Modification 1-9: Other Modifications)
The stay monitoring process of the present embodiment can be applied not only to a livestock management system but also to a human monitoring system.
That is, the monitoring system includes at least a stay determination unit, and the stay determination unit is data about a plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from a transmission device that is attached to the subject and is located in a target region where the subject can stay. Based on the above, it is determined whether or not the target person stays in the target area.
Specifically, the target area may be a living room of the target person, a facility where the target person may stay, an area in the facility where the target person stays, and the like.
Thereby, it is possible to determine the staying place of an elderly person suffering from or suspected of having dementia, a child who may be lost, and the like, and the safety of the elderly person and the child can be ensured.
Furthermore, the person watching system can confirm the authority of the terminal device when outputting the determination result, and can output a limited result according to the authority. Thereby, it is possible to sufficiently disclose information to family members and related persons, and it is possible to prevent the result of the system from being used with an unauthorized intention.
 また、上述のように、本技術における「家畜」はペットとして飼育されている愛玩動物も含むため、本技術に係る家畜管理システムは、ペットの飼育管理や、行方がわからなくなったペットの探索等に適用することができる。 In addition, as described above, since “livestock” in this technology includes pets raised as pets, the livestock management system according to the present technology can manage pets, search for pets whose whereabouts are lost, etc. Can be applied to.
<第2の実施形態:機器登録処理>
 図19は、本技術の第2の実施形態に係る家畜管理システムの概略構成を示す模式的な図である。
 同図に示すように、家畜管理システム200は、個体識別信号をそれぞれ送信する複数の送信装置1と、複数の送信装置1からの個体識別信号をそれぞれ受信する複数の通信装置2と、これらの通信装置2によって受信された個体識別信号に基づいて処理を実行するサーバ装置3と、ユーザにより使用される端末装置4とを備える。
 また、以下の説明において、上述の実施形態と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。
<Second Embodiment: Device Registration Process>
FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a livestock management system according to the second embodiment of the present technology.
As shown in the figure, the livestock management system 200 includes a plurality of transmission devices 1 that respectively transmit individual identification signals, a plurality of communication devices 2 that respectively receive individual identification signals from the plurality of transmission devices 1, and these The server apparatus 3 which performs a process based on the individual identification signal received by the communication apparatus 2, and the terminal device 4 used by a user are provided.
Moreover, in the following description, about the structure similar to the above-mentioned embodiment, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and description is abbreviate | omitted.
 例えば、第1の実施形態のように、家畜から送信された上記個体識別信号に基づく処理を実行する場合、個体識別信号を送信した送信装置1や、個体識別信号を受信した通信装置2についての情報が必要となり得る。そのため、送信装置1や通信装置2の導入時、又は導入後に、各機器についての情報を登録する手間が生じることがある。
 そこで、本実施形態では、上述の課題に加えて、機器を容易に登録することが可能な家畜管理システム及び家畜の管理方法を提供することを目的とする。
 また、ここでいう「機器」は、畜産施設内のローカルな範囲における個体識別信号の通信が可能な機器をいうものとし、例えば送信装置1及び通信装置2が挙げられる。
 また、以下の説明における「識別情報」とは、上述の実施形態で説明した送信装置1の個体識別子と、通信装置2の機器情報とを含む、機器を識別する識別情報を総称するものとする。同様に、「属性情報」とは、送信装置1の領域の管理対象情報と、通信装置2の領域属性情報とを含む、機器の属性についての情報を総称するものとする。
For example, when the processing based on the individual identification signal transmitted from the livestock is executed as in the first embodiment, the transmission device 1 that transmitted the individual identification signal and the communication device 2 that received the individual identification signal Information may be needed. For this reason, it may be time-consuming to register information about each device during or after the introduction of the transmission device 1 or the communication device 2.
Therefore, an object of the present embodiment is to provide a livestock management system and a livestock management method capable of easily registering devices in addition to the above-described problems.
In addition, the “device” here refers to a device capable of communicating an individual identification signal in a local range in the livestock facility, and includes, for example, the transmission device 1 and the communication device 2.
Further, “identification information” in the following description is a collective term for identification information for identifying a device, including the individual identifier of the transmission device 1 described in the above embodiment and the device information of the communication device 2. . Similarly, “attribute information” is a collective term for information on device attributes, including area management target information of the transmission apparatus 1 and area attribute information of the communication apparatus 2.
 [家畜管理システムのハードウェア構成]
 図20は、家畜管理システム200に含まれる各装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。家畜管理システム200は、通信装置2がさらに第3の通信部24を有する点で図2に記載の家畜管理システム100と異なる。
[Hardware configuration of livestock management system]
FIG. 20 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of each device included in the livestock management system 200. The livestock management system 200 differs from the livestock management system 100 described in FIG. 2 in that the communication device 2 further includes a third communication unit 24.
 通信装置2の第3の通信部24は、上述の第1及び第2の通信方式とは異なる通信方式の通信回路とアンテナを有し、端末装置4の第1の通信部43と通信可能に構成される。
 第3の通信部24は、近距離無線通信が可能に構成され、例えば、電磁波や、赤外線を利用した通信や、電界を利用した通信等の無線による通信が可能な構成を有する。第1の通信部43は、NFC等の近接無線通信が可能でもよい。
The third communication unit 24 of the communication device 2 includes a communication circuit and an antenna of a communication method different from the first and second communication methods described above, and can communicate with the first communication unit 43 of the terminal device 4. Composed.
The third communication unit 24 is configured to be capable of short-range wireless communication, and has a configuration capable of wireless communication such as communication using electromagnetic waves or infrared rays, or communication using an electric field. The first communication unit 43 may be capable of near field communication such as NFC.
 [家畜管理システムの機能的構成]
 図21は、家畜管理システム200の機能的構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。
[Functional structure of livestock management system]
FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the livestock management system 200 and the flow of processing.
 図21に示すように、家畜管理システム200は、受付部110と、識別情報送信部111と、識別情報受信部112と、識別情報取得部113と、登録部114と、属性情報記憶部108と、を備える。
 これらの構成のうち、本実施形態において、識別情報送信部111は、通信装置2の第3の通信部24により実現される。
 識別情報受信部112は、端末装置4の第1の通信部43により実現される。
 受付部110、識別情報取得部113、及び登録部114は、端末装置4の制御部41により実現される。
 属性情報記憶部108は、サーバ装置3の記憶部32により実現される。
As illustrated in FIG. 21, the livestock management system 200 includes a reception unit 110, an identification information transmission unit 111, an identification information reception unit 112, an identification information acquisition unit 113, a registration unit 114, and an attribute information storage unit 108. .
Among these configurations, in the present embodiment, the identification information transmission unit 111 is realized by the third communication unit 24 of the communication device 2.
The identification information receiving unit 112 is realized by the first communication unit 43 of the terminal device 4.
The reception unit 110, the identification information acquisition unit 113, and the registration unit 114 are realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4.
The attribute information storage unit 108 is realized by the storage unit 32 of the server device 3.
 受付部110は、ユーザからの入力操作を受け付ける。受付部110は、例えば、端末装置4の入力操作部26等から入力された情報を受け付ける。
 受付部110は、例えば、後述する機器の属性についての入力情報等を受け付ける。
The accepting unit 110 accepts an input operation from the user. For example, the reception unit 110 receives information input from the input operation unit 26 of the terminal device 4.
The accepting unit 110 accepts, for example, input information on the attribute of the device to be described later.
 属性情報記憶部108は、本実施形態において、通信装置2、送信装置1等の機器の属性についての複数の属性情報を記憶する。
 ここでいう複数の属性情報は、1の機器に対応する複数の属性情報をいう。例えば、「機器」が通信装置2の場合は、属性情報記憶部108は、通信装置2の属性についての複数の領域属性情報を記憶する。また、「機器」が通信装置1の場合は、属性情報記憶部108は、送信装置1の属性についての複数の領域の管理対象情報を記憶する。
 複数の属性情報は、識別情報と対応付けられる前の情報も、対応付けられた属性情報も含む。
 複数の属性情報は、本実施形態において、受付部110により受け付けられたユーザの入力操作に基づく情報であってもよい。また、デフォルトで記憶されているものであってもよいし、サーバ装置3を管理する業者が入力したものであってもよい。
 属性情報は、複数の領域のうちの機器の位置に対応する一の領域についての情報を含んでいてもよい。また、属性情報は、機器の位置に対応する領域において管理される家畜のグループについての情報や、畜産施設における機器又は当該領域の相対位置の情報、機器又は当該領域の絶対的な位置の情報(緯度、経度など)、その他の機器の説明を含んでいてもよい。
In the present embodiment, the attribute information storage unit 108 stores a plurality of pieces of attribute information regarding attributes of devices such as the communication device 2 and the transmission device 1.
The plurality of attribute information here refers to a plurality of attribute information corresponding to one device. For example, when the “device” is the communication device 2, the attribute information storage unit 108 stores a plurality of area attribute information regarding the attributes of the communication device 2. If the “device” is the communication device 1, the attribute information storage unit 108 stores management target information of a plurality of areas regarding the attributes of the transmission device 1.
The plurality of attribute information includes information before being associated with the identification information and associated attribute information.
In the present embodiment, the plurality of attribute information may be information based on a user input operation received by the receiving unit 110. Moreover, what was memorize | stored by default may be used, and the thing input by the trader who manages the server apparatus 3 may be used.
The attribute information may include information about one area corresponding to the position of the device among the plurality of areas. The attribute information includes information on a group of livestock managed in an area corresponding to the position of the equipment, information on the relative position of the equipment or the area in the livestock facility, and information on the absolute position of the equipment or the area ( Latitude, longitude, etc.) and other device descriptions.
 識別情報送信部111は、機器の識別情報を送信する。「機器」が通信装置2の場合に、識別情報送信部111は、例えば、通信装置2の機器情報を送信する。
 識別情報受信部112は、識別情報送信部111から送信された機器の識別情報を受信し、例えば機器情報を受信する。
 識別情報は、上述のように個体識別子を含んでいてもよい。また、識別情報は、GPS等によって取得された機器の絶対位置の情報を含んでいてもよいし、その他の機器を識別する情報を含んでいてもよい。あるいは、識別情報は、上記の情報のうちの複数の情報を含んでいてもよい。
 識別情報の送信タイミングは特に限定されず、例えば、識別情報受信部112を有する端末装置4側から識別情報送信部111部を有する通信装置2等に対して送信要求を送信してもよい。この場合、送信要求は、ユーザによる入力操作によって送信されてもよい。
 あるいは、ユーザによる入力操作により、端末装置4及び通信装置2を、それぞれ受信可能状態及び送信状態に遷移させてもよい。
 また、識別情報受信部112は、近接無線通信により送信された機器情報を受信してもよい。近接無線通信は、例えば数cm~1m程度の近接場型の無線通信をいい、例えばNFCや、ISO/IEC 14443等のRFIDを用いた通信方式、赤外線通信等の通信方式を挙げることができる。
The identification information transmission unit 111 transmits device identification information. When the “device” is the communication device 2, the identification information transmission unit 111 transmits, for example, device information of the communication device 2.
The identification information receiving unit 112 receives the device identification information transmitted from the identification information transmission unit 111, for example, device information.
The identification information may include an individual identifier as described above. The identification information may include information on the absolute position of the device acquired by GPS or the like, and may include information for identifying other devices. Alternatively, the identification information may include a plurality of pieces of information described above.
The transmission timing of the identification information is not particularly limited. For example, a transmission request may be transmitted from the terminal device 4 side having the identification information receiving unit 112 to the communication device 2 having the identification information transmission unit 111 unit. In this case, the transmission request may be transmitted by an input operation by the user.
Or you may make the terminal device 4 and the communication apparatus 2 change to a receivable state and a transmission state, respectively by input operation by a user.
Further, the identification information receiving unit 112 may receive device information transmitted by proximity wireless communication. Near-field wireless communication refers to near-field wireless communication of, for example, about several centimeters to 1 m, and examples include a communication method using RFID such as NFC and ISO / IEC 14443, and a communication method such as infrared communication.
 識別情報取得部113は、送信された識別情報を取得する。識別情報取得部113は、例えば通信装置2から送信された機器情報を取得する。
 本実施形態において、識別情報取得部113は、通信装置2から近接無線通信により送信された機器情報を取得する。
The identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires the transmitted identification information. The identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires device information transmitted from the communication device 2, for example.
In the present embodiment, the identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires device information transmitted from the communication device 2 by proximity wireless communication.
 登録部114は、取得された識別情報と、複数の属性情報から選択された機器の属性情報とを関連付けて登録情報として登録する。「機器」が通信装置2の場合に、登録部114は、取得された機器情報と、複数の領域属性情報から選択された領域属性情報とを関連付けて登録情報として登録することができる。
 属性情報は、受付部110を介したユーザの入力操作によって選択されてもよい。あるいは、識別情報として絶対位置の情報が含まれている場合には、登録部114が、属性の情報として記憶された機器の絶対位置の情報と照合し、一致又は近い情報を選択することができる。
 これにより、本実施形態の属性情報記憶部108は、複数の個体識別信号各々を受信した機器を識別する識別情報と、識別情報により識別される機器の属性情報とを関連付けて、登録情報として記憶することができる。例えば、属性情報記憶部108は、複数の個体識別信号各々を受信した通信装置2を識別する機器情報と、機器情報により識別される通信装置2の属性情報とを関連付けて、登録情報として記憶する。
The registration unit 114 registers the acquired identification information and the attribute information of the device selected from the plurality of attribute information in association with each other as registration information. When the “device” is the communication device 2, the registration unit 114 can register the acquired device information and region attribute information selected from the plurality of region attribute information in association with each other as registration information.
The attribute information may be selected by a user input operation via the reception unit 110. Alternatively, when the information on the absolute position is included as the identification information, the registration unit 114 can check the information on the absolute position of the device stored as the attribute information and select information that matches or is close to the information. .
Thereby, the attribute information storage unit 108 of the present embodiment associates the identification information for identifying the device that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals with the attribute information of the device identified by the identification information, and stores it as registration information. can do. For example, the attribute information storage unit 108 associates the device information that identifies the communication device 2 that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals with the attribute information of the communication device 2 that is identified by the device information, and stores it as registration information. .
 [動作例]
 続いて、通信装置2の機器登録における、属性情報(領域属性情報)の入力処理及び機器登録処理の動作例を、それぞれ説明する。
 なお、いずれの動作例においても、一例として、サーバ装置3がウェブアプリケーションの形態で端末装置4に家畜管理アプリを提供する例を示す。なお家畜管理アプリは端末装置4にインストールされサーバ装置3と通信を行うローカルアプリケーションの形態で提供されても良い。
[Operation example]
Next, an operation example of attribute information (region attribute information) input processing and device registration processing in device registration of the communication device 2 will be described.
In any of the operation examples, as an example, the server device 3 provides an example of providing a livestock management application to the terminal device 4 in the form of a web application. The livestock management application may be provided in the form of a local application that is installed in the terminal device 4 and communicates with the server device 3.
 (属性情報の入力処理)
 図22は、家畜管理システム200の領域属性情報の入力処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。
 なお、同図において、ST501~ST504の処理は、端末装置4により実行され、ST601~ST604の処理は、サーバ装置3により実行される。
(Attribute information input process)
FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of region attribute information input processing of the livestock management system 200.
In the figure, the processing of ST501 to ST504 is executed by the terminal device 4, and the processing of ST601 to ST604 is executed by the server device 3.
 まず、家畜管理アプリが起動された端末装置4は、サーバ装置3に対し、当該アプリにおけるプログラムの実行及び領域属性情報の入力画面の送信を要求する(ST501)。端末装置4は、入力操作部26を介したユーザの入力操作等に基づいて送信を要求してもよい。 First, the terminal device 4 in which the livestock management application is activated requests the server device 3 to execute a program in the application and transmit an area attribute information input screen (ST501). The terminal device 4 may request transmission based on a user input operation or the like via the input operation unit 26.
 サーバ装置3は、送信要求等を受信し(ST601)、端末装置4に対し領域属性情報の入力画面を送信する(ST602)。
 端末装置4は、領域属性情報の入力画面を受信し、表示部45に当該画面を表示する(ST502)。
 図23は、端末装置4の表示部45に表示された領域属性情報の入力画面の一例を示す図である。
 入力画面G1には、属性情報の入力欄456aと、属性情報の入力欄456bとが表示されている。例えば属性情報の入力欄456aには、通信装置2の位置に対応する領域の名称を入力することができる。属性情報の入力欄456bには、当該領域や通信装置2等の説明をユーザのニーズに応じて自由に記述できる。
 ユーザは、これらの入力欄456a,456bに属性情報を入力した後、登録ボタン456cをタップ又はクリック等することで、入力した情報を送信することができる。
 また、入力画面G1には、「名称」及び「説明」として、既に属性情報記憶部108に記憶されている属性情報457aが表示されている。
 また、入力画面G1には、登録ステータス情報457bが表示されている。登録ステータス情報457bの「登録済み」というタブは、既に識別情報と関連付けられて登録情報として属性情報記憶部108に記憶されている属性情報であることを表す。「未登録」というタブは、属性情報としては記憶されているが、識別情報と関連付けされていない属性情報であることを表す。
Server device 3 receives a transmission request or the like (ST601), and transmits an area attribute information input screen to terminal device 4 (ST602).
Terminal apparatus 4 receives the region attribute information input screen and displays the screen on display unit 45 (ST502).
FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of an input screen for region attribute information displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4.
In the input screen G1, an attribute information input field 456a and an attribute information input field 456b are displayed. For example, the name of an area corresponding to the position of the communication device 2 can be input in the attribute information input field 456a. In the attribute information input field 456b, descriptions of the area, the communication device 2, and the like can be freely described according to the user's needs.
The user can transmit the input information by tapping or clicking the registration button 456c after inputting attribute information in these input fields 456a and 456b.
In the input screen G1, attribute information 457a already stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 is displayed as “name” and “description”.
In addition, registration status information 457b is displayed on the input screen G1. The tab “Registered” in the registration status information 457b indicates that the attribute information is already associated with the identification information and stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 as registration information. A tab “unregistered” represents attribute information that is stored as attribute information but is not associated with identification information.
 端末装置4の受付部110は、図23に示す入力欄456a,456bを介して領域属性情報の入力操作を受け付け(ST503)、当該入力された領域属性情報をサーバ装置3へ送信する(ST504)。 The receiving unit 110 of the terminal device 4 receives an input operation of region attribute information via the input fields 456a and 456b shown in FIG. 23 (ST503), and transmits the input region attribute information to the server device 3 (ST504). .
 サーバ装置3は、上記領域属性情報を受信し(ST603)、当該領域属性情報を属性情報記憶部108に記憶させる(ST604)。
 このように記憶された領域属性情報を用いて、以下の機器登録処理が実行される。
The server device 3 receives the region attribute information (ST603), and stores the region attribute information in the attribute information storage unit 108 (ST604).
The following device registration processing is executed using the area attribute information stored in this way.
 (機器登録処理)
 図24は、家畜管理システム200の属性情報の入力処理の動作例を示すフローチャートである。
 なお、同図において、ST701~ST706の処理は、端末装置4により実行され、ST801~ST804の処理は、サーバ装置3により実行され、ST901~ST904の処理は、通信装置2により実行される。
(Device registration process)
FIG. 24 is a flowchart illustrating an operation example of attribute information input processing of the livestock management system 200.
In the figure, the processing of ST701 to ST706 is executed by the terminal device 4, the processing of ST801 to ST804 is executed by the server device 3, and the processing of ST901 to ST904 is executed by the communication device 2.
 まず、家畜管理アプリが起動された端末装置4は、サーバ装置3に対し、当該アプリにおけるプログラムの実行及び登録画面の送信を要求する(ST701)。端末装置4は、入力操作部26を介したユーザの入力操作等に基づいて送信を要求してもよい。
 なお、ここでいう登録画面は、機器登録処理を実行するにあたり端末装置4に表示される画面であり、例えば機器情報の送信要求等を誘導する画面であってもよい。また、サーバ装置3は、端末装置4に対し、機器登録処理で表示され得る複数の登録画面をまとめて送信してもよいし、端末装置4の要求に応じて都度、必要な登録画面を送信してもよい。
First, the terminal device 4 in which the livestock management application is activated requests the server device 3 to execute a program in the application and transmit a registration screen (ST701). The terminal device 4 may request transmission based on a user input operation or the like via the input operation unit 26.
The registration screen here is a screen displayed on the terminal device 4 when executing the device registration process, and may be a screen for inducing a transmission request for device information, for example. In addition, the server device 3 may transmit a plurality of registration screens that can be displayed in the device registration process to the terminal device 4 or transmit a necessary registration screen every time a request from the terminal device 4 is received. May be.
 サーバ装置3は、送信要求等を受信し(ST801)、端末装置4に対し登録画面を送信する(ST802)。
 端末装置4は、登録画面を受信し、表示部45に当該画面を表示する(ST702)。
Server apparatus 3 receives a transmission request or the like (ST801), and transmits a registration screen to terminal apparatus 4 (ST802).
Terminal apparatus 4 receives the registration screen and displays the screen on display unit 45 (ST702).
 続いて、端末装置4は、登録画面の誘導に従い、機器登録を希望する通信装置2に対し、機器情報の送信を要求する。本動作例において、近接無線通信により機器情報が通信される。このため、本ステップにおいて、端末装置4を操作するユーザは、機器登録を希望する通信装置2に端末装置4を近接させる。
 通信装置2は、送信要求を受信し(ST901)、それに応じて機器情報を近接無線通信により送信する(ST902)。
Subsequently, the terminal device 4 requests transmission of device information to the communication device 2 that desires device registration in accordance with the guidance of the registration screen. In this operation example, device information is communicated by proximity wireless communication. For this reason, in this step, the user who operates the terminal device 4 brings the terminal device 4 close to the communication device 2 that desires device registration.
The communication device 2 receives the transmission request (ST901), and accordingly transmits device information by proximity wireless communication (ST902).
 端末装置4の識別情報受信部112は、機器情報を受信し、識別情報取得部113が、この識別情報を取得する(ST704)。そして登録部114が、ユーザからの領域属性情報の選択を受け付ける(ST705)。
 図25は、端末装置4の表示部45に表示された、領域属性情報の選択を受け付ける登録画面の一例を示す図である。
 登録画面G2には、属性情報記憶部108に記憶されている複数の領域属性情報458a~458eが選択肢として表示されている。そして、それぞれの領域属性情報458a~458eに対応して、登録ボタン459a~459eが表示されている。
 ユーザは、表示された複数の領域属性情報458a~458eから、機器情報を受信した通信装置2に対応する領域属性情報の登録ボタン459a~459eをタップ又はクリック等する。
The identification information receiving unit 112 of the terminal device 4 receives the device information, and the identification information acquiring unit 113 acquires the identification information (ST704). Then, registration unit 114 accepts selection of region attribute information from the user (ST705).
FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of a registration screen that is displayed on the display unit 45 of the terminal device 4 and accepts selection of region attribute information.
On the registration screen G2, a plurality of area attribute information 458a to 458e stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 are displayed as options. In addition, registration buttons 459a to 459e are displayed corresponding to the region attribute information 458a to 458e, respectively.
The user taps or clicks the region attribute information registration buttons 459a to 459e corresponding to the communication device 2 that has received the device information from the displayed plurality of region attribute information 458a to 458e.
 続いて、登録部114は、取得された機器情報と、複数の領域属性情報から選択された通信装置2の領域属性情報とを関連付けて、登録情報として登録する(ST706)。
 そして、端末装置4が、この登録情報をサーバ装置3に送信する(ST707)。
 サーバ装置3は、登録情報を受信し(ST803)、属性情報記憶部108が、機器情報と、機器情報により識別される通信装置2の属性情報とが関連付けられた登録情報を記憶する(ST804)。
 属性情報記憶部108は、既に機器情報が他の領域属性情報と関連付けられている場合には、登録情報の上書き記録をすることができる。すなわち、属性情報記憶部108は、機器情報と当該領域属性情報との関連付けを解除し、当該機器情報と、選択された領域属性情報とを関連付けて記憶する。
Subsequently, registration section 114 associates the acquired device information with the area attribute information of communication device 2 selected from the plurality of area attribute information, and registers it as registration information (ST706).
And the terminal device 4 transmits this registration information to the server apparatus 3 (ST707).
Server device 3 receives the registration information (ST803), and attribute information storage section 108 stores the registration information in which the device information is associated with the attribute information of communication device 2 identified by the device information (ST804). .
The attribute information storage unit 108 can overwrite the registration information when the device information is already associated with other area attribute information. That is, the attribute information storage unit 108 cancels the association between the device information and the region attribute information, and stores the device information and the selected region attribute information in association with each other.
 本実施形態によれば、ユーザは、端末装置4を用いて畜産施設に設置された機器から識別情報を受信し、かつ予め記憶された属性情報の中から適切な属性情報を選択することで、容易に機器の登録が可能となる。これにより、例えば通信装置2の煩雑な個体識別子等の識別情報を入力する手間を省き、機器を容易に登録することができる。 According to this embodiment, the user receives the identification information from the device installed in the livestock facility using the terminal device 4, and selects appropriate attribute information from the attribute information stored in advance. Device registration can be done easily. Thereby, for example, the trouble of inputting identification information such as a complicated individual identifier of the communication device 2 can be saved, and the device can be easily registered.
 [本実施形態の変形例]
 (変形例2-1:滞在監視処理をさらに実行する変形例)
 本実施形態に係る機器登録処理は、第1の実施形態に係る滞在監視処理の準備として実行することができる。これにより、滞在監視処理に用いられる、通信装置2の機器情報や領域属性情報、送信装置1の個体識別子や領域の管理対象情報等を予め属性情報記憶部108に記憶させることができる。
 そこで、家畜管理システム200は、第1の実施形態に係る滞在監視処理が可能であってもよい。
[Modification of this embodiment]
(Modification 2-1: Modification for further executing stay monitoring process)
The device registration process according to the present embodiment can be executed as preparation for the stay monitoring process according to the first embodiment. Thereby, the device information and area attribute information of the communication device 2, the individual identifier of the transmission device 1, the area management target information, and the like used for the stay monitoring process can be stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 in advance.
Therefore, the livestock management system 200 may be able to perform the stay monitoring process according to the first embodiment.
 図26は、変形例2-1に係る家畜管理システム200の機能的構成及び処理の流れを示すブロック図である。同図において、二点鎖線は滞在監視処理における処理の流れを示し、実線は本実施形態の機器登録処理における処理の流れを示す。
 同図に示すように、家畜管理システム200は、信号送信部101と、信号受信部102と、位置判定部103と、データ取得部104と、滞在判定部105と、領域判定部106と、出力部107と、属性情報記憶部108と、受付部110と、識別情報送信部111と、識別情報受信部112と、識別情報取得部113と、登録部114と、を備える。
 信号送信部101と、信号受信部102と、位置判定部103と、データ取得部104と、滞在判定部105と、領域判定部106と、出力部107と、属性情報記憶部108とは、第1の実施形態において説明した滞在監視処理において機能する構成である。
 また、受付部110と、識別情報送信部111と、識別情報受信部112と、識別情報取得部113と、登録部114と、属性情報記憶部108とは、本実施形態における機器登録処理において機能する構成である。
 本変形例により、滞在判定処理に必要な機器登録処理を容易に実行することができる。
FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration and processing flow of the livestock management system 200 according to Modification 2-1. In the figure, a two-dot chain line indicates a process flow in the stay monitoring process, and a solid line indicates a process flow in the device registration process of the present embodiment.
As shown in the figure, the livestock management system 200 includes a signal transmission unit 101, a signal reception unit 102, a position determination unit 103, a data acquisition unit 104, a stay determination unit 105, an area determination unit 106, and an output. Unit 107, attribute information storage unit 108, reception unit 110, identification information transmission unit 111, identification information reception unit 112, identification information acquisition unit 113, and registration unit 114.
The signal transmission unit 101, the signal reception unit 102, the position determination unit 103, the data acquisition unit 104, the stay determination unit 105, the region determination unit 106, the output unit 107, and the attribute information storage unit 108 It is the structure which functions in the stay monitoring process demonstrated in 1 embodiment.
In addition, the reception unit 110, the identification information transmission unit 111, the identification information reception unit 112, the identification information acquisition unit 113, the registration unit 114, and the attribute information storage unit 108 function in the device registration process according to the present embodiment. It is the structure to do.
According to this modification, it is possible to easily execute the device registration process necessary for the stay determination process.
 (変形例2-2:通信装置以外の機器登録についての変形例)
 以上の動作例では、通信装置2の機器登録の例を示したが、送信装置1について機器登録をしてもよい。
 この場合、登録される識別情報は、送信装置1を識別可能な個体識別子とすることができ、登録される属性情報は、送信装置1の属性についての領域の管理対象情報とすることができる。
 属性情報記憶部108は、送信装置1についての複数の領域の管理対象情報を記憶する。
 識別情報送信部111は、送信装置1の通信部13により実現され、個体識別子を送信する。
 識別情報取得部113は、送信装置1から送信された個体識別子を取得する。
 登録部114は、取得された個体識別子と、複数の領域の管理対象情報から選択された領域の管理対象情報とを関連付けて、登録情報として登録する。
 属性情報記憶部108は、個体識別子と、個体識別子により識別される送信装置1の領域の管理対象情報とが関連付けられた登録情報を記憶する。
(Modification 2-2: Modification of device registration other than communication device)
In the above operation example, an example of device registration of the communication device 2 has been shown, but device registration may be performed for the transmission device 1.
In this case, the registered identification information can be an individual identifier that can identify the transmission device 1, and the registered attribute information can be management target information of an area for the attribute of the transmission device 1.
The attribute information storage unit 108 stores management target information of a plurality of areas for the transmission device 1.
The identification information transmission unit 111 is realized by the communication unit 13 of the transmission device 1 and transmits an individual identifier.
The identification information acquisition unit 113 acquires the individual identifier transmitted from the transmission device 1.
The registration unit 114 associates the acquired individual identifier with the management target information of the area selected from the management target information of the plurality of areas and registers it as registration information.
The attribute information storage unit 108 stores registration information in which the individual identifier is associated with the management target information of the area of the transmission device 1 identified by the individual identifier.
 また、属性情報記憶部108は、送信装置1についての領域の管理対象情報に関して記憶する領域の管理対象情報データベースと、通信装置2についての領域属性情報に関して記憶する領域属性情報データベースとをそれぞれ記憶していてもよい。これにより、機器として、送信装置1及び通信装置2双方の機器登録処理を実行することができる。 Further, the attribute information storage unit 108 stores an area management object information database for storing area management object information about the transmission apparatus 1 and an area attribute information database for storing area attribute information about the communication apparatus 2. It may be. Thereby, the apparatus registration process of both the transmission apparatus 1 and the communication apparatus 2 can be performed as an apparatus.
 さらに、変形例1-4に示すように、家畜管理システム200が第1の通信装置2A及び第2の通信装置2Bを備える場合には、これらの第1の通信装置2A及び第2の通信装置2Bをそれぞれ「機器」として機器登録処理を実行することができる。 Furthermore, as shown in Modification 1-4, when the livestock management system 200 includes the first communication device 2A and the second communication device 2B, the first communication device 2A and the second communication device The device registration process can be executed with each 2B as “device”.
 (変形例2-3:登録部の動作についての変形例)
 ユーザが識別情報を登録済みの機器について機器登録処理を実行しようとした場合、登録部114は、その旨をユーザに通知してもよい。
 図27は、変形例2-3に係る登録画面G21,G22の遷移例を示す図である。
 登録画面G21には、属性情報記憶部108に記憶されている複数の属性情報458a~458eが選択肢として表示されている。複数の属性情報458a~458eには、さらに属性情報記憶部108に登録情報として記憶されているか否かについても表示されている。同図の例では、属性情報458a,458c,458eが「登録済み」として表示されている。
 登録画面G21が表示されている際に、登録済みの通信装置2に対し、端末装置4から機器情報の要求を送信する(S1)。これにより、登録画面G21上に、例えばメッセージM1が表示される。メッセージM1は、例えば、「この機器は、既に授乳機Bとして登録されています。登録を解除しますか?」等と表示され得る。
 このメッセージM1に対してユーザが承認した場合(S2)、登録画面G22に遷移する。なお、ユーザが承認しなかった場合(S3)、メッセージ1が消去され、登録画面G21に戻る。
 登録画面G22には、各属性情報458a~458eに対応する属性情報の登録ボタン459a~459eが表示されている。「登録済み」の属性情報に対応する登録ボタン459a,459c,459eは、「上書き登録」と記載されている。
 登録画面G22において、ユーザが「上書き登録」と記載された登録ボタン459a,459c,459eをタップ又はクリック等した場合、登録部114は、取得された識別情報と、複数の属性から選択された属性情報とを関連付けて、登録情報として上書き登録してもよい。この場合は、登録画面G21に戻ってもよい(S4)。
 あるいは、登録画面G22において、ユーザが「上書き登録」と記載された登録ボタン459a,459c,459eをタップ又はクリック等した場合、さらに確認のメッセージM2が表示されてもよい(S6)。メッセージM2は、例えば、「他の機器が既に登録されていますが、上書きして登録しますか?」等と表示され得る。
 このメッセージM2に対してユーザ承認した場合(S7)、登録画面G22に遷移する。なお、ユーザが承認しなかった場合(S8)、メッセージM2が消去され、登録画面G22に戻る。
 また、登録画面G21が表示されている際に、未登録の通信装置2に対し、端末装置4から識別情報の要求を送信した場合(S9)、メッセージM1が表示されることなく、登録画面G22に遷移してもよい。
(Modification 2-3: Modification of the operation of the registration unit)
When the user tries to execute device registration processing for a device whose identification information has been registered, the registration unit 114 may notify the user to that effect.
FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a transition example of the registration screens G21 and G22 according to Modification 2-3.
On the registration screen G21, a plurality of attribute information 458a to 458e stored in the attribute information storage unit 108 are displayed as options. In the plurality of attribute information 458a to 458e, whether or not it is stored as registration information in the attribute information storage unit 108 is also displayed. In the example of the figure, the attribute information 458a, 458c, 458e is displayed as “registered”.
When the registration screen G21 is displayed, a request for device information is transmitted from the terminal device 4 to the registered communication device 2 (S1). Thereby, for example, the message M1 is displayed on the registration screen G21. The message M1 may be displayed, for example, “This device has already been registered as the breast feeding machine B. Do you want to cancel the registration?”
When the user approves this message M1 (S2), the screen transitions to a registration screen G22. If the user does not approve (S3), message 1 is deleted and the screen returns to registration screen G21.
On the registration screen G22, attribute information registration buttons 459a to 459e corresponding to the attribute information 458a to 458e are displayed. The registration buttons 459a, 459c, and 459e corresponding to the attribute information “registered” are described as “overwrite registration”.
In the registration screen G22, when the user taps or clicks the registration buttons 459a, 459c, and 459e described as “overwrite registration”, the registration unit 114 selects the acquired identification information and the attribute selected from the plurality of attributes. Information may be associated and overwritten as registered information. In this case, you may return to the registration screen G21 (S4).
Alternatively, when the user taps or clicks the registration buttons 459a, 459c, and 459e described as “overwrite registration” on the registration screen G22, a confirmation message M2 may be further displayed (S6). The message M2 can be displayed, for example, “Other device has already been registered, but do you want to overwrite it?”.
When the user approves this message M2 (S7), the screen transitions to the registration screen G22. If the user does not approve (S8), the message M2 is deleted and the screen returns to the registration screen G22.
When the registration screen G21 is displayed, if a request for identification information is transmitted from the terminal device 4 to the unregistered communication device 2 (S9), the registration screen G22 is not displayed without displaying the message M1. You may transition to.
 本変形例により、登録時に機器の登録状況についてユーザに通知することができ、登録の誤操作を防止することができる。 This modification allows the user to be notified of the registration status of the device during registration, thereby preventing registration errors.
 また、登録部114の他の動作例として、ユーザの入力操作等に基づき、登録情報を削除してもよい。これにより、撤去した機器等について適切に登録情報を消滅させることができ、混乱を防止することができる。 As another example of the operation of the registration unit 114, the registration information may be deleted based on a user input operation or the like. Thereby, registration information can be appropriately deleted for the removed device and the like, and confusion can be prevented.
 (変形例2-4:システム構成及び機能的構成についての変形例)
 家畜管理システム200は、通信装置2の機器登録処理のみ実行する場合、送信装置1を備えない構成でもよい。
 また、家畜管理システム200は、送信装置1の機器登録処理のみ実行する場合、通信装置2を備えない構成でもよい。
(Modification 2-4: Modification of system configuration and functional configuration)
The livestock management system 200 may be configured not to include the transmission device 1 when only the device registration process of the communication device 2 is executed.
The livestock management system 200 may be configured not to include the communication device 2 when only the device registration process of the transmission device 1 is executed.
 また、家畜管理システム200が、サーバ装置3とネットワークNを介して接続された複数の端末装置4を備えていてもよい。この場合、受付部110は、複数の端末装置5によって実現されていてもよい。例えば、属性情報の入力操作は、1の端末装置5により行われ、機器登録処理における属性情報の選択操作は、他の端末装置4により行われてもよい。 Further, the livestock management system 200 may include a plurality of terminal devices 4 connected to the server device 3 via the network N. In this case, the receiving unit 110 may be realized by a plurality of terminal devices 5. For example, the attribute information input operation may be performed by one terminal device 5, and the attribute information selection operation in the device registration process may be performed by another terminal device 4.
 登録部114、又は識別情報取得部113及び登録部114は、端末装置4の制御部41により実現される例に限定されず、サーバ装置3の制御部31により実現されてもよい。 The registration unit 114 or the identification information acquisition unit 113 and the registration unit 114 are not limited to the example realized by the control unit 41 of the terminal device 4, and may be realized by the control unit 31 of the server device 3.
 また、属性情報記憶部108は、サーバ装置3ではなく、端末装置4の記憶部42により実現されてもよい。この場合は、家畜管理システム200は、サーバ装置3を備えない構成とすることができる。 Further, the attribute information storage unit 108 may be realized by the storage unit 42 of the terminal device 4 instead of the server device 3. In this case, the livestock management system 200 can be configured not to include the server device 3.
 (変形例2-6:ハードウェア構成についての変形例)
 通信装置2は、第3の通信部24を有すると説明したが、これに限定されない。例えば、通信装置2が第3の通信部24を有さず、通信装置2の識別情報送信部111が、第1の通信部22及び/又は第2の通信部23により実現され、識別情報が第1の通信部22及び/又は第2の通信部23により送信されてもよい。
 さらに、通信装置2が第3の通信部24を有さず、端末装置4が、通信装置2に付加されたバーコードや機器の識別子等を読取可能なリーダとして機能してもよい。この場合、端末装置4は、識別情報受信部を有さず、図示しないカメラがこれらのバーコードや識別子を撮像し、撮像した情報を識別情報として取得することができる。バーコードや機器の識別子は、通信装置2に直接印刷されていてもよいし、通信装置2に取り付けられたタグ等に印刷されていてもよい。バーコードは、QRコード(登録商標)等の2次元バーコードであってもよい。
(Modification 2-6: Modification of hardware configuration)
Although the communication apparatus 2 has been described as including the third communication unit 24, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the communication device 2 does not have the third communication unit 24, the identification information transmission unit 111 of the communication device 2 is realized by the first communication unit 22 and / or the second communication unit 23, and the identification information is It may be transmitted by the first communication unit 22 and / or the second communication unit 23.
Further, the communication device 2 may not have the third communication unit 24, and the terminal device 4 may function as a reader that can read a barcode, an apparatus identifier, and the like added to the communication device 2. In this case, the terminal device 4 does not have an identification information receiving unit, and a camera (not shown) can capture these barcodes and identifiers and acquire the captured information as identification information. The barcode and the device identifier may be printed directly on the communication device 2 or may be printed on a tag or the like attached to the communication device 2. The barcode may be a two-dimensional barcode such as a QR code (registered trademark).
 (変形例2-7:その他の変形例)
 本実施形態の機器登録処理も、家畜管理システムのみならず、人の見守りシステムに適用することもできる。
 すなわち、見守りシステムは、属性情報記憶部と、識別情報取得部と、登録部とを少なくとも備える。
 属性情報記憶部は、対象者に装着された送信装置の属性情報を含む複数の属性情報を記憶する。
 識別情報取得部が、対象者に装着された送信装置の識別情報を取得する。
 登録部が、取得された識別情報と、複数の属性情報から選択された属性情報とを関連付けて登録情報として登録する。
 また、見守りシステムにおいても、対象領域に位置する通信装置についても機器登録処理が可能であってもよい。
 これにより、認知症に罹患し、又はその疑いのある高齢者や、迷子の可能性のある子供等の属性情報を登録することができ、高齢者や子供等の安全性を確保することができる。
 さらに、人の見守りシステムは、判定結果の出力にあたり、端末装置の権限を確認し、当該権限に応じて限定的な結果の出力を行うことができる。これにより、家族や関係者に対して十分な情報公開を可能とするとともに、不正な意図を持って当該システムの結果を利用されることを防止することができる。
(Modification 2-7: Other Modifications)
The device registration process of the present embodiment can be applied not only to a livestock management system but also to a human watching system.
That is, the watching system includes at least an attribute information storage unit, an identification information acquisition unit, and a registration unit.
The attribute information storage unit stores a plurality of attribute information including attribute information of the transmission device attached to the subject.
The identification information acquisition unit acquires the identification information of the transmission device attached to the subject.
The registration unit associates the acquired identification information with the attribute information selected from the plurality of attribute information and registers it as registration information.
Also, in the watching system, device registration processing may be possible for a communication device located in the target area.
As a result, it is possible to register attribute information such as elderly persons suffering from or suspected of having dementia and children who may be lost, and safety of elderly persons and children can be ensured. .
Furthermore, the person watching system can confirm the authority of the terminal device when outputting the determination result, and can output a limited result according to the authority. Thereby, it is possible to sufficiently disclose information to family members and related persons, and it is possible to prevent the result of the system from being used with an unauthorized intention.
<第3の実施形態:通信装置の構成>
 以上の各実施形態において、通信装置は、畜産施設内に設けられた領域に対応する位置に設置されてもいい旨、説明した。
 畜産施設内に設置する場合は、屋外に設置されることもあり、雨、風、雪等の天候の影響も受けやすい。また、複数の箇所に設置する場合は、設置の容易な構成が望まれる。
 そこで、本実施形態では、上記課題のほか、天候の影響に対する耐久性が高く、設置が容易な通信装置を提供することを目的とする。
<Third Embodiment: Configuration of Communication Device>
In each of the above embodiments, it has been described that the communication device may be installed at a position corresponding to an area provided in the livestock facility.
When installed in livestock facilities, it may be installed outdoors and is susceptible to the effects of weather such as rain, wind and snow. Moreover, when installing in several places, the structure with easy installation is desired.
Therefore, in addition to the above-described problems, the present embodiment aims to provide a communication device that has high durability against the influence of weather and can be easily installed.
 [通信装置の概略構成]
 図28は、本技術の第3の実施形態に係る通信装置300を示す概略側面図である。なお、同図において、X軸、Y軸及びZ軸は、相互に直交する3軸方向を示し、通信装置300の標準的な設置態様において、Z軸方向が鉛直方向、X軸及びY軸方向は、いずれも平面方向を示す。また、Z軸方向は、本実施形態における「一軸方向」に対応する。
 この通信装置300は、上述の第1及び第2の実施形態において説明した通信装置2(第1及び第2の通信装置2A,2Bを含む)として適用することができる。
 同図に示すように、通信装置300は、本体部310と、取付部320と、キャップ部330とを備える。
 本体部310は、第1の端部310aから第2の端部310bへ向かってZ軸方向に沿って伸びている。
 取付部320は、本体部310の第1の端部310aに接続されている、通信装置300を設置するためのものである。本実施形態において、取付部320は、Z軸方向に延在する棒状の構造体Gの先端に取り付け可能に構成される。
 キャップ部330は、第2の端部310bに接続される。
 すなわち、通信装置300は、全体としてZ軸方向に沿って伸びている棒状に構成され、さらに構造体Gの先端に取り付けることが可能に構成されている。
 このような構成により、通信装置300は、流体抵抗の低い外形を有し、風、雨、雪等に強い構成とすることができる。これに加えて、通信装置300は、構造体Gの先端に取り付けることで、容易に設置が可能となる。
[Schematic configuration of communication device]
FIG. 28 is a schematic side view showing a communication device 300 according to the third embodiment of the present technology. In the figure, an X axis, a Y axis, and a Z axis indicate three axial directions that are orthogonal to each other. Indicates a planar direction. The Z-axis direction corresponds to “uniaxial direction” in the present embodiment.
The communication device 300 can be applied as the communication device 2 (including the first and second communication devices 2A and 2B) described in the first and second embodiments.
As shown in the figure, the communication device 300 includes a main body part 310, an attachment part 320, and a cap part 330.
The main body 310 extends along the Z-axis direction from the first end 310a toward the second end 310b.
The attachment portion 320 is for installing the communication device 300 connected to the first end portion 310 a of the main body portion 310. In this embodiment, the attachment part 320 is comprised so that attachment to the front-end | tip of the rod-shaped structure G extended in a Z-axis direction is possible.
The cap part 330 is connected to the second end part 310b.
That is, the communication device 300 is configured in a rod shape extending along the Z-axis direction as a whole, and can be attached to the tip of the structure G.
With such a configuration, the communication device 300 can have a configuration with a low fluid resistance and strong against wind, rain, snow, and the like. In addition, the communication device 300 can be easily installed by being attached to the tip of the structure G.
 棒状の構造体Gは、例えば、木製若しくは樹脂製の杭や、金属製の棒等で構成されている。構造体GのZ軸方向に直交する断面形状は特に限定されず、例えば円形、楕円形、多角形、その他の形状であってもよい。
 また、構造体Gは、一般に市販されているものや、畜産施設等で既に使用されているものを用いることができる。ここでは、構造体Gは、畜産施設において汎用されている杭であるものとする。このような杭は、一例として、約1~1.5m程度の高さ(Z軸方向の長さ)を有し、Z軸方向に直交する断面が円形で、その径が50~100mm程度であり得る。
The rod-shaped structure G is composed of, for example, a wooden or resin pile, a metal rod, or the like. The cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the structure G is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a circle, an ellipse, a polygon, or other shapes.
Moreover, the structure G can use what is generally marketed, and what has already been used in livestock facilities etc. Here, it is assumed that the structure G is a pile that is widely used in livestock facilities. As an example, such a pile has a height of about 1 to 1.5 m (length in the Z-axis direction), a circular cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction, and a diameter of about 50 to 100 mm. possible.
 [取付部の構成]
 図29は、通信装置300を示す側面図であり、図30は、図29に記載の通信装置300をX軸方向から見た断面図である。
 これらの図に示すように、取付部320は、本実施形態において、本体部310の第1の端部310aに接続された接続部321と、Z軸方向に開口する開口部322とを有する。
 接続部321は、後述する本体部310のカバー313を取り付けることが可能に構成され、開口部322の一部に形成されてもよい。
 開口部322は、例えば、構造体Gの先端を挿入させることが可能に構成される。開口部322は、構造体Gの先端形状に適合するように適宜設計され得るが、例えば、円筒状に構成される。このような構成により、構造体Gの先端に取付部320を容易に取り付けることができる。
 さらに、取付部320は、構造体Gとの締結が可能な複数のネジ323を有していてもよい。これにより、構造体Gとの接続を強固にすることができ、通信装置300の構造体Gからの脱落を防止することができる。
 また、取付部320は、上記構成により、全体として円筒状に構成される。取付部320のZ軸方向に直交する断面形状は、本体部310のZ軸方向に直交する断面形状と略同一の形状であってもよい。これにより、通信装置300全体を略同一の断面構造を有する柱状に構成することができ、流体抵抗を低下させることができる。したがって、風等に対する耐久性を低下させることができる。
[Configuration of mounting part]
29 is a side view showing the communication device 300, and FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 29 as viewed from the X-axis direction.
As shown in these drawings, in the present embodiment, the attachment portion 320 includes a connection portion 321 connected to the first end portion 310a of the main body portion 310 and an opening portion 322 that opens in the Z-axis direction.
The connection part 321 is configured to be able to attach a cover 313 of the main body part 310 described later, and may be formed in a part of the opening part 322.
The opening 322 is configured to be able to insert the tip of the structure G, for example. The opening 322 can be appropriately designed so as to conform to the tip shape of the structure G, but is configured in a cylindrical shape, for example. With such a configuration, the attachment portion 320 can be easily attached to the tip of the structure G.
Furthermore, the attachment part 320 may have a plurality of screws 323 that can be fastened to the structure G. Thereby, the connection with the structure G can be strengthened, and the drop-off from the structure G of the communication apparatus 300 can be prevented.
Moreover, the attachment part 320 is comprised by the said structure at the cylindrical shape as a whole. The cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the attachment portion 320 may be substantially the same shape as the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the main body portion 310. Thereby, the whole communication apparatus 300 can be comprised in the column shape which has substantially the same cross-sectional structure, and fluid resistance can be reduced. Therefore, durability against wind and the like can be reduced.
 [キャップ部の構成]
 図29及び図30に示すように、キャップ部330は、本実施形態において、Z軸方向に突出する頂部331と、頂部331から第2の端部310bに向かって形成されたテーパ面332と、第2の端部310bに接続される接続部333とを有する。
 頂部331は、鋭利な構造でもよいが、図29及び図30に示すように、接続部333のZ軸方向に直交する断面形状よりも小さい面積を有する平坦面を有していてもよい。あるいは、頂部331が凸面で構成されてもよく、例えばテーパ面332から連続して形成されてもよい。鋭利でない頂部331により、家畜の衝突時等における安全性を確保することができる。
 テーパ面332は、本実施形態において、円錐台の周面として構成される。あるいは、テーパ面332は、角錐台の周面のように複数の平坦面によって構成されてもよいし、複数の曲面によって構成されていてもよい。
 テーパ面332を有することにより、キャップ部330に付着した雨や雪等の水分、有機物等を鉛直方向(Z軸方向)下方に落下させることができる。これにより、本体部310の、特にカバー313の汚れを防止することができる。したがって、後述する発電部315aの太陽光発電の効率の低下を抑制することができる。
 接続部333は、例えば、本体部310の後述するカバー313を接続することが可能に構成され、一例として、カバー313の端部(第2の端部310b)を挿入することが可能なスリットが形成されていてもよい。
 また、接続部333のZ軸方向に直交する断面積は、後述する本体部310のZ軸方向に直交する断面積(カバー313により囲まれる領域の面積)よりも大きく構成される。本実施形態の例では、接続部333のZ軸方向に直交する断面の径が、本体部310のZ軸方向に直交する断面の径よりも大きく構成される。これにより、さらに本体部310の汚れを防止することができる。
[Composition of cap part]
As shown in FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, the cap portion 330 includes a top portion 331 protruding in the Z-axis direction, a tapered surface 332 formed from the top portion 331 toward the second end portion 310b in the present embodiment, And a connection portion 333 connected to the second end portion 310b.
The top portion 331 may have a sharp structure, but as shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the top portion 331 may have a flat surface having an area smaller than the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the connection portion 333. Or the top part 331 may be comprised by the convex surface, for example, may be formed continuously from the taper surface 332. The non-sharp top 331 can ensure safety in the event of a livestock collision.
In the present embodiment, the tapered surface 332 is configured as a peripheral surface of a truncated cone. Or the taper surface 332 may be comprised by the some flat surface like the surrounding surface of a truncated pyramid, and may be comprised by the some curved surface.
By having the tapered surface 332, moisture such as rain and snow, organic matter, and the like attached to the cap portion 330 can be dropped downward in the vertical direction (Z-axis direction). Thereby, it is possible to prevent the main body 310, particularly the cover 313, from being stained. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the efficiency of solar power generation of the power generation unit 315a described later.
For example, the connection portion 333 is configured to be able to connect a cover 313 (described later) of the main body portion 310. As an example, a slit into which an end portion (second end portion 310b) of the cover 313 can be inserted. It may be formed.
In addition, the cross-sectional area perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the connecting portion 333 is configured to be larger than the cross-sectional area (area of the region surrounded by the cover 313) perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the main body 310 described later. In the example of the present embodiment, the diameter of the cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the connection portion 333 is configured to be larger than the diameter of the cross section perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the main body portion 310. Thereby, the main body 310 can be further prevented from being soiled.
 [本体部の構成]
 図31は、通信装置300の分解斜視図である。
 これらの図を参照し、本体部310は、第1のユニット筐体311aと、第2のユニット筐体311bと、第3のユニット筐体311cと、第4のユニット筐体311dと、カバー313とを有する。第1~第4のユニット筐体311a~311dは、いずれもZ軸方向に沿ってカバー313内部に設置される。
 第1~第4のユニット筐体311a~311dは、それぞれZ軸方向に沿った軸方向を有する筒状に構成され、各ユニット筐体が隣接するユニット筐体に一軸方向に接続される。本実施形態において、第1~第4のユニット筐体311a~311dは、同一の形状を有する。
 すなわち、第4のユニット筐体311dは、第3のユニット筐体311cにZ軸方向に接続され、第3のユニット筐体311cは、第2のユニット筐体311bにZ軸方向に接続され、第2のユニット筐体311bは、第1のユニット筐体311aにZ軸方向に接続される。
 筒状に形成された複数のユニット筐体がZ軸方向に接続されることにより、本体部310は、全体としてZ軸方向に沿って伸びている構成を有する。
[Configuration of main unit]
FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the communication device 300.
Referring to these drawings, the main body 310 includes a first unit casing 311a, a second unit casing 311b, a third unit casing 311c, a fourth unit casing 311d, and a cover 313. And have. The first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d are all installed inside the cover 313 along the Z-axis direction.
The first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d are each configured in a cylindrical shape having an axial direction along the Z-axis direction, and each unit housing is connected to an adjacent unit housing in a uniaxial direction. In the present embodiment, the first to fourth unit housings 311a to 311d have the same shape.
That is, the fourth unit housing 311d is connected to the third unit housing 311c in the Z-axis direction, the third unit housing 311c is connected to the second unit housing 311b in the Z-axis direction, The second unit housing 311b is connected to the first unit housing 311a in the Z-axis direction.
By connecting a plurality of unit casings formed in a cylindrical shape in the Z-axis direction, the main body 310 has a configuration extending along the Z-axis direction as a whole.
 第2のユニット筐体311b、及び第3のユニット筐体311cのZ軸方向に直交する断面形状は、例えば、第1のユニット筐体311aのZ軸方向に直交する断面形状と同一に構成される。これにより、本体部310の周面全体を凹凸の少ない滑らかな面で構成することができる。したがって、本体部310形の流体抵抗をより低下させることができるとともに、カバー313の形状との適合性を高めることができる。
 さらに、この断面形状は、本実施形態において、円形とすることができ、本体部310の周面全体をより凹凸の少ない滑らかな面で構成することができる。
 また、このように全体として円柱状に構成されることで、保管や梱包のコストも抑制できる。
The cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the second unit housing 311b and the third unit housing 311c is, for example, the same as the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the Z-axis direction of the first unit housing 311a. The Thereby, the whole peripheral surface of the main-body part 310 can be comprised with a smooth surface with few unevenness | corrugations. Therefore, the fluid resistance of the main body 310 can be further reduced, and compatibility with the shape of the cover 313 can be enhanced.
Furthermore, this cross-sectional shape can be circular in the present embodiment, and the entire peripheral surface of the main body 310 can be configured with a smooth surface with less unevenness.
Moreover, the cost of storage and packing can also be suppressed by comprising in a column shape as a whole in this way.
 隣接するユニット筐体311a~311d、例えば第1のユニット筐体311aと第2のユニット筐体311bとは、Z軸方向に着脱することが可能なコネクタ312を介して接続されている。このコネクタ312は、後述するように、いずれも同一の形状を有する。 Adjacent unit casings 311a to 311d, for example, the first unit casing 311a and the second unit casing 311b are connected via a connector 312 that can be attached and detached in the Z-axis direction. The connectors 312 have the same shape as will be described later.
 カバー313は、第1の端部310a及び第2の端部310bが形成されており、第1の端部310aから第2の端部310bへ向かうZ軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有する。本体部310がカバーを有することにより、通信装置300の耐久性をより向上させることができる。
 上記中空形状は、各ユニット筐体311a~311dを収容することが可能に構成される。カバー313のZ軸方向に直交する断面形状は、特に限定されない。例えば、当該断面形状は、円形でもよいし、楕円形、あるいは多角形であってもよい。カバー313が円形の断面形状を有することにより、本体部310の流体抵抗をより低下させ、風等に強い構成とすることができる。
 カバー313の上記断面形状は、例えば、各ユニット筐体311a~311dの断面形状と対応する形状に構成されてもよい。「対応する形状」とは、例えば、ユニット筐体の断面形状よりも大きな相似形をいう。例えば、本実施形態のように各ユニット筐体311a~311dの断面形状は円形である場合、カバー313の断面形状はユニット筐体の断面形状に係る円形よりも径の大きな円形で構成される。これにより、各ユニット筐体311a~311dとの形状の適合性を高めることができる。
 あるいは、カバー313の上記断面形状は、例えば、各ユニット筐体311a~311dの断面形状と異なる形状であってもよい。例えば、カバー313の内面の一部に、凹凸が形成されていてもよい。このような凹凸は、ユニット筐体間の位置合わせ等に用いられてもよい。
 カバー313は、本実施形態において、全体が透光性を有しており、例えば樹脂(ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリウレタン等)、ガラス等の透光性材料により構成される。
 本実施形態において、カバー313の両端部が本体部310の第1及び第2の端部310a,310bを構成し、それぞれに取付部320とキャップ部330とが接続されている。
The cover 313 has a first end portion 310a and a second end portion 310b, and has a hollow shape extending along the Z-axis direction from the first end portion 310a toward the second end portion 310b. Have. Since the main body 310 has a cover, the durability of the communication device 300 can be further improved.
The hollow shape is configured to accommodate each of the unit casings 311a to 311d. The cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the cover 313 is not particularly limited. For example, the cross-sectional shape may be a circle, an ellipse, or a polygon. Since the cover 313 has a circular cross-sectional shape, the fluid resistance of the main body 310 can be further reduced and the structure can be strong against wind and the like.
The cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 may be configured to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of each of the unit housings 311a to 311d, for example. “Corresponding shape” means, for example, a similar shape larger than the cross-sectional shape of the unit housing. For example, when the cross-sectional shape of each of the unit casings 311a to 311d is circular as in the present embodiment, the cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 is configured as a circle having a larger diameter than the circle related to the cross-sectional shape of the unit casing. Thereby, the conformity of the shape with each of the unit casings 311a to 311d can be enhanced.
Alternatively, the cross-sectional shape of the cover 313 may be different from the cross-sectional shapes of the unit housings 311a to 311d, for example. For example, unevenness may be formed on a part of the inner surface of the cover 313. Such unevenness may be used for alignment between unit housings.
In this embodiment, the cover 313 as a whole has translucency, and is made of a translucent material such as resin (polycarbonate, acrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyurethane, etc.), glass, or the like.
In the present embodiment, both end portions of the cover 313 constitute first and second end portions 310a and 310b of the main body portion 310, and the attachment portion 320 and the cap portion 330 are connected to each.
 図32は、第3のユニット筐体311cの斜視図であり、図33Aは、第3のユニット筐体311cの平面図、図33Bは、第3のユニット筐体311cの底面図である。
 上述のように、本実施形態においてユニット筐体311a~311dの概略構成は同様であるため、これらのユニット筐体を「ユニット筐体311」と総称し、第3のユニット筐体311cをユニット筐体311の一例として説明する。
 ユニット筐体311は、第1の接続端部311eと、第2の接続端部311fと、筒部311gとを有する。
 第1の接続端部311eは、Z軸方向下方(取付部320側)に形成され、例えばユニット筐体311の底部として構成される。
 第2の接続端部311fは、Z軸方向上方(キャップ部330側)に形成される。すなわち、第1の接続端部311eと第2の接続端部311fとは、Z軸方向に相互に対向して配置される。第2の接続端部311fは、例えばユニット筐体311のZ軸方向上方側の蓋として構成される。第2の接続端部311fが蓋として構成される場合には、筒部311gに対してネジ止めされてもよい。
 筒部311gは、第1及び第2の接続端部311e,311fの間に形成され、本実施形態において円筒状に構成される。
 ユニット筐体311の材料は特に限定されず、例えば金属、樹脂等を適用することができる。
32 is a perspective view of the third unit housing 311c, FIG. 33A is a plan view of the third unit housing 311c, and FIG. 33B is a bottom view of the third unit housing 311c.
As described above, since the schematic configuration of the unit casings 311a to 311d is the same in this embodiment, these unit casings are collectively referred to as “unit casing 311”, and the third unit casing 311c is referred to as a unit casing. An example of the body 311 will be described.
The unit housing 311 includes a first connection end 311e, a second connection end 311f, and a cylindrical portion 311g.
The first connection end 311e is formed downward in the Z-axis direction (on the attachment portion 320 side), and is configured as a bottom portion of the unit housing 311, for example.
The second connection end 311f is formed on the upper side in the Z-axis direction (cap section 330 side). That is, the first connection end 311e and the second connection end 311f are arranged to face each other in the Z-axis direction. The second connection end 311f is configured, for example, as a lid on the upper side in the Z-axis direction of the unit housing 311. When the second connection end 311f is configured as a lid, it may be screwed to the cylinder 311g.
The cylindrical portion 311g is formed between the first and second connection end portions 311e and 311f, and is configured in a cylindrical shape in the present embodiment.
The material of the unit housing 311 is not particularly limited, and for example, metal, resin, or the like can be applied.
 各ユニット筐体311の第1の接続端部311eは、他のユニット筐体311aの第2の接続端部311fに適合可能に構成される。例えば、第1の接続端部311eの凹凸が第2の接続端部311fの凹凸に適合し、ぴったりと密着することができる。これにより、複数のユニット筐体311a~311dをZ軸方向に積み重ねることができる。したがって、ユニット筐体311を規格化でき、多様な機能を有するユニット筐体311を用途に応じて自由に組み合わせることができ、各場所に応じた適切な機能を持つ通信装置300を構成することができる。
 また、この第1及び第2の接続端部311e,311fの凹凸は、後述するコネクタ312a,312bの形状による凹凸も含む。
 このような構成により、本体部310の組み立てを容易にするとともに、ユニット筐体の数や配置を変更することが容易になる。
The first connection end 311e of each unit casing 311 is configured to be compatible with the second connection end 311f of the other unit casing 311a. For example, the unevenness of the first connection end 311e can be matched with the unevenness of the second connection end 311f and can be closely adhered. As a result, the plurality of unit housings 311a to 311d can be stacked in the Z-axis direction. Therefore, the unit housing 311 can be standardized, the unit housings 311 having various functions can be freely combined according to applications, and the communication device 300 having an appropriate function according to each place can be configured. it can.
The unevenness of the first and second connection end portions 311e and 311f also includes unevenness due to the shape of connectors 312a and 312b described later.
With such a configuration, it is easy to assemble the main body 310 and to change the number and arrangement of unit housings.
 また、第1の接続端部311e及び第2の接続端部311fは、各ユニット筐体311a~311d間を電気的に接続するためのコネクタ312を含む(図31参照)。これらのコネクタ312は、いずれも同一の形状に構成される。これにより、電気的な接続の観点からも、ユニット筐体311を規格化することができる。
 第1の接続端部311eは、オス型コネクタ312aを含み、第2の接続端部311fは、メス型コネクタ312bを含む。
 図33の例では、第1の接続端部311eのオス型コネクタ312aが、第2のユニット筐体311bのメス型コネクタ312bとZ軸方向に接続され、第2の接続端部311fのメス型コネクタ312bが、第4のユニット筐体311dのオス型コネクタ312aとZ軸方向に接続される。
 これらのコネクタ312(312a,312b)は、いずれも、ユニット筐体311内に配置された基板に接続され、各ユニット筐体311間の電気的な接続を担う。電気的な接続とは、コネクタ312を介して、電力系統のインターフェイス(I/F)とデータ通信のI/Fとが接続されることをいう。例えば、電力系統I/Fは電力供給バスで構成され、データ通信I/Fはデータ通信バスで構成される。電力供給バス及びデータ通信バスは、例えば、シリアル通信が可能なシリアルバスとして構成され、より具体的には、SPI(Serial Peripheral Interface)、IC(Inter-Integrated Circuit)等のシリアルバスとして構成され得る。
The first connection end 311e and the second connection end 311f include connectors 312 for electrically connecting the unit casings 311a to 311d (see FIG. 31). These connectors 312 are all configured in the same shape. Thereby, the unit housing | casing 311 can be standardized also from a viewpoint of electrical connection.
The first connection end 311e includes a male connector 312a, and the second connection end 311f includes a female connector 312b.
In the example of FIG. 33, the male connector 312a of the first connection end 311e is connected to the female connector 312b of the second unit housing 311b in the Z-axis direction, and the female connector of the second connection end 311f. The connector 312b is connected to the male connector 312a of the fourth unit housing 311d in the Z-axis direction.
Each of these connectors 312 (312a, 312b) is connected to a substrate disposed in the unit casing 311 and is responsible for electrical connection between the unit casings 311. The electrical connection means that an interface (I / F) of a power system and an I / F for data communication are connected via a connector 312. For example, the power system I / F is configured by a power supply bus, and the data communication I / F is configured by a data communication bus. The power supply bus and the data communication bus are configured as serial buses capable of serial communication, for example, more specifically, as serial buses such as SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) and I 2 C (Inter-Integrated Circuit). Can be done.
 図34は図30のA部の拡大断面図である。
 図30に示すように、各ユニット筐体311a~311d(311)内には、コネクタ312と接続され、回路基板314a~314d(回路基板314a~314dを総称して回路基板314とする)が配置される。回路基板314には、電子部品等が実装される。
 図34に示すように、オス型コネクタ312aは第1の端子312c、メス型コネクタ312bは第2の端子312dをそれぞれ含む。第1の端子312cは、隣接するユニット筐体311の第2の端子312dと電気的に接続され、第2の端子312dも、隣接するユニット筐体311の第1の端子312cと電気的に接続される。
 これらの第1及び第2の端子312c,312dは、いずれも回路基板314(314c)に接続されているため、隣接するユニット筐体311の電子部品同士が電気的に接続され得る。
34 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a portion A in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 30, in each of the unit casings 311a to 311d (311), circuit boards 314a to 314d (circuit boards 314a to 314d are collectively referred to as circuit boards 314) connected to the connector 312 are arranged. Is done. Electronic components and the like are mounted on the circuit board 314.
As shown in FIG. 34, the male connector 312a includes a first terminal 312c, and the female connector 312b includes a second terminal 312d. The first terminal 312c is electrically connected to the second terminal 312d of the adjacent unit casing 311. The second terminal 312d is also electrically connected to the first terminal 312c of the adjacent unit casing 311. Is done.
Since these first and second terminals 312c and 312d are both connected to the circuit board 314 (314c), the electronic components of the adjacent unit housings 311 can be electrically connected to each other.
 各ユニット筐体311a~311d内に収容された回路基板314a~314dには、それぞれ、電力供給部315、第1の通信部316、通信部317、及び通信部318の機能を実現する電子部品等が実装される。
 すなわち、本体部310は、電力供給部315、第1の通信部316、第2の通信部317、及び第3の通信部318をさらに有する。
 電力供給部315は、第1のユニット筐体311aに収容される。
 第1の通信部316は、第2のユニット筐体311bに収容される。
 第2の通信部317は、第3のユニット筐体311cに収容される。
 第3の通信部318は、第4のユニット筐体311dに収容される。
 また、上述のように、コネクタ312を介して第1の通信部316と電力供給部315、第2の通信部317と電力供給部315、第3の通信部318と電力供給部315がそれぞれ電力供給バス上に接続される。さらに、コネクタ312を介して各通信部316,317,318間もデータ通信バス上に接続される。
In the circuit boards 314a to 314d accommodated in the unit cases 311a to 311d, electronic components that realize the functions of the power supply unit 315, the first communication unit 316, the communication unit 317, and the communication unit 318, respectively. Is implemented.
That is, the main body 310 further includes a power supply unit 315, a first communication unit 316, a second communication unit 317, and a third communication unit 318.
The power supply unit 315 is accommodated in the first unit housing 311a.
The first communication unit 316 is accommodated in the second unit housing 311b.
The second communication unit 317 is accommodated in the third unit housing 311c.
The third communication unit 318 is accommodated in the fourth unit housing 311d.
In addition, as described above, the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315, the second communication unit 317 and the power supply unit 315, and the third communication unit 318 and the power supply unit 315 are respectively connected via the connector 312. Connected on supply bus. Further, the communication units 316, 317, and 318 are also connected to the data communication bus via the connector 312.
 (電力供給部)
 図35は、電力供給部315を収容する第1のユニット筐体311aの側面図であり、図36は、第1のユニット筐体311aの断面図である。図36に示す断面は、図33BのA-A方向から見た断面(X軸方向から見た断面)に相当する。
 電力供給部315は、第1~第3の通信部316~318に電力を供給する。
 電力供給部315は、発電部315aと、蓄電部315bと、を有する。
(Power supply section)
FIG. 35 is a side view of the first unit housing 311a that houses the power supply unit 315, and FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit housing 311a. The cross section shown in FIG. 36 corresponds to the cross section seen from the AA direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the X-axis direction).
The power supply unit 315 supplies power to the first to third communication units 316 to 318.
The power supply unit 315 includes a power generation unit 315a and a power storage unit 315b.
 発電部315aは、周囲の環境に応じて発電する。発電部315aは、例えば、光、熱、振動、遠方電磁界及び近傍電磁界を含む電波、並びに特定の有機物及び無機物のうち少なくともいずれか1つに基づくエネルギにより発電する発電するものであってもよい。発電部315aは上記のうちの複数のエネルギにより発電するものであってもよい。発電の方式は静電型、電磁型、逆磁歪型、圧電型等、問わない。
 発電部315aは、光(例えば、屋内の電球や太陽光)により発電するものでもよい。
 発電部315aは、温度差(熱)を利用して発電する熱電変換素子(例えば、ゼーベック効果やトムソン効果により発電するもの、熱電子発電素子、熱磁気発電をするもの)でもよい。
 発電部315aは、糖を利用して発電する酵素電池(バイオ電池などとも称される)でもよい。
 発電部315aは、LCR(インダクタンス・キャパシタンス・リアクタンス)成分のいずれか、またはその組み合わせ、および、コンデンサ、キャパシタ、アンテナ、レクテナなどによる容量結合や電磁気結合を利用するものであり、例えば電波により発電するものでもよい。
 発電部315aは、近傍電磁界発電を行うもの、すなわち、送信装置を所定の機器に近接させることにより得られるエネルギにより発電するものでもよい。近傍電磁界発電の方式は、磁界共鳴方式、電磁誘導方式、電界結合、電界共鳴方式等、公知の方式を適用できる。
 発電部315aとしては、例示したもの以外の公知の発電素子を適用できる。
The power generation unit 315a generates power according to the surrounding environment. The power generation unit 315a may generate power using, for example, energy based on at least one of light, heat, vibration, radio waves including a far electromagnetic field and a near electromagnetic field, and a specific organic substance and inorganic substance. Good. The power generation unit 315a may generate power using a plurality of the above-described energies. The power generation method may be any of electrostatic type, electromagnetic type, inverse magnetostrictive type, piezoelectric type and the like.
The power generation unit 315a may generate power using light (for example, an indoor light bulb or sunlight).
The power generation unit 315a may be a thermoelectric conversion element that generates power using a temperature difference (heat) (for example, a power generation by the Seebeck effect or the Thomson effect, a thermionic power generation element, or a thermomagnetic power generation).
The power generation unit 315a may be an enzyme battery (also referred to as a bio battery) that generates power using sugar.
The power generation unit 315a uses any of LCR (inductance, capacitance, reactance) components, or a combination thereof, and capacitive coupling or electromagnetic coupling by a capacitor, a capacitor, an antenna, a rectenna, etc. It may be a thing.
The power generation unit 315a may be a unit that performs near electromagnetic field power generation, that is, a unit that generates power using energy obtained by bringing the transmission device close to a predetermined device. As the near electromagnetic field power generation method, a known method such as a magnetic field resonance method, an electromagnetic induction method, an electric field coupling method, an electric field resonance method, or the like can be applied.
As the power generation unit 315a, known power generation elements other than those illustrated can be applied.
 例えば、発電部315aは、環境光による発電を行う光起電性発電機として構成され、太陽光発電フィルム315cを有する。
 太陽光発電フィルム315cは、可撓性のフィルムで構成され、例えば厚みが0.01~1mm程度で構成される。
 太陽光発電フィルム315cは、Z軸まわりに巻かれており、例えば第1のユニット筐体311aの筒部311gの周面に沿って巻かれる。また、太陽光発電フィルム315cは、例えば筒部311gの周面全体に巻回され、Z軸方向に沿った軸方向を有する筒状に構成されていてもよい。
 太陽光発電が可能に構成される発電部315aの場合、カバー313は、少なくとも発電部315aの周囲に透光性の領域313aを有する。これにより、カバー313による太陽光の遮断を防止することができる。本実施形態では、上述のように、カバー313全体が、透光性の領域313aで構成される。
For example, the power generation unit 315a is configured as a photovoltaic power generator that generates power using ambient light, and includes a solar power generation film 315c.
The photovoltaic power generation film 315c is made of a flexible film, and has a thickness of about 0.01 to 1 mm, for example.
The photovoltaic power generation film 315c is wound around the Z axis, and is wound, for example, along the peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 311g of the first unit housing 311a. Moreover, the solar power generation film 315c may be configured, for example, in a cylindrical shape wound around the entire peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 311g and having an axial direction along the Z-axis direction.
In the case of the power generation unit 315a configured to be capable of solar power generation, the cover 313 includes a translucent region 313a around at least the power generation unit 315a. Thereby, interruption | blocking of sunlight by the cover 313 can be prevented. In the present embodiment, as described above, the entire cover 313 is configured by the translucent region 313a.
 蓄電部315bは、発電部315aにより生成された電力を貯蔵する等の目的に応じて使用される。発電部315aにより生成された電力は蓄電部315bに貯蔵され第1の通信部316~318を動作させる電力として使用される。
 蓄電部315bとしては、リチウムイオン2次電池等の各種の2次電池のほか、電気二重層キャパシタ、リチウムイオンキャパシタ、ポリアセン系有機半導体(PAS)キャパシタ、ナノゲートキャパシタ(「ナノゲート」は、ナノゲート・アクチエンゲゼルシャフトの登録商標)、セラミックコンデンサ、フィルムコンデンサ、アルミ電解コンデンサ、タンタルコンデンサなどである。目的に応じて、これらを組み合わせたものが使用されてもよい。
 蓄電部315bは、例えば、オリビン型リン酸鉄リチウムイオン二次電池で構成されてもよい。これにより、蓄電部315bを長寿命化し、メンテナンスの頻度を低下させることができる。
The power storage unit 315b is used depending on the purpose such as storing the electric power generated by the power generation unit 315a. The power generated by the power generation unit 315a is stored in the power storage unit 315b and used as power for operating the first communication units 316 to 318.
As the power storage unit 315b, in addition to various secondary batteries such as lithium ion secondary batteries, electric double layer capacitors, lithium ion capacitors, polyacene organic semiconductor (PAS) capacitors, nanogate capacitors (“Nanogate” Actengel shaft shaft), ceramic capacitors, film capacitors, aluminum electrolytic capacitors, tantalum capacitors, and the like. Depending on the purpose, a combination of these may be used.
The power storage unit 315b may be composed of, for example, an olivine type lithium iron phosphate secondary battery. Accordingly, the life of the power storage unit 315b can be extended and the frequency of maintenance can be reduced.
 さらに、電力供給部315は、例えば、発電部315a及び蓄電部315bの他、電力制御部315d(図35において図示せず、図39を参照)を有していてもよい。
 電力制御部315dは、送信装置1の電力制御部113と同様に、例えば、1の素子または複数の素子からなる集積回路(IC)により構成される。電力供給部113に用いられるICとしては、トランジスタ等のスイッチング素子、ダイオード、リセットIC、レギュレータIC、ロジックICや各種の演算回路を例示することができる。IC内部の回路構成については、電力制御部113の機能を実現し得るものであれば適宜、変更することができる。
Furthermore, for example, the power supply unit 315 may include a power control unit 315d (not shown in FIG. 35, see FIG. 39) in addition to the power generation unit 315a and the power storage unit 315b.
Similarly to the power control unit 113 of the transmission device 1, the power control unit 315d is configured by, for example, an integrated circuit (IC) including one element or a plurality of elements. Examples of the IC used for the power supply unit 113 include a switching element such as a transistor, a diode, a reset IC, a regulator IC, a logic IC, and various arithmetic circuits. The circuit configuration inside the IC can be changed as appropriate as long as the function of the power control unit 113 can be realized.
 なお、電力供給部315は、上記構成例の他、発電部315aを有さない構成とすることもできる。
 電力供給部315が発電部315aを有さない場合、蓄電部315bは、バッテリとして使用されてもよい。このような蓄電部315bとしては、乾電池、リチウム電池、水銀電池、熱電池等の各種の一次電池、リチウムイオン2次電池等の各種の2次電池などを適用できる。
 蓄電部315bがバッテリとして使用される場合、電力供給部315は、蓄電部315bと、電力制御部315dとを有していてもよい(図39を参照)。
Note that the power supply unit 315 can have a configuration without the power generation unit 315a in addition to the above configuration example.
When the power supply unit 315 does not have the power generation unit 315a, the power storage unit 315b may be used as a battery. As such a power storage unit 315b, various primary batteries such as a dry battery, a lithium battery, a mercury battery, and a thermal battery, various secondary batteries such as a lithium ion secondary battery, and the like can be applied.
When the power storage unit 315b is used as a battery, the power supply unit 315 may include a power storage unit 315b and a power control unit 315d (see FIG. 39).
 (第1の通信部)
 図37は、第1の通信部316を収容する第2のユニット筐体311bの断面図である。図37に示す断面は、図33BのB-B方向から見た断面(Y軸方向から見た断面)に相当する。
 第1の通信部316は、第1の機器との間の通信が可能に構成される。
 第1の機器は、例えば、第1及び第2の実施形態で説明した送信装置1とすることもできるし、あるいは、他の通信装置300、端末装置4又はサーバ装置3とすることもできる。
 第1の通信部316は、例えば、送信装置1(第1の機器)の個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を受信する。
 第1の通信部316は、第1の通信方式による通信が可能に構成される。
 第1の通信方式は、第1の機器の構成により適宜選択することができる。第1の通信方式としては、例えば、「Wi-Fi(登録商標)」、「Zigbee(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth Low Energy」、「ANT(登録商標)」、「ANT+(登録商標)」、「EnOcean(登録商標)」等の通信方式、上記通信方式以外の電波や赤外線を利用した通信方式、電界を利用した通信方式、音波を利用した通信方式、3Gや4Gの通信方式等を挙げることができる。第1の通信方式は、上記以外の無線通信や、有線通信を利用した通信方式であってもよい。
 例えば、第1の通信部316は、電波を利用した通信方式による通信が可能であり、一例として、920MHzの周波数帯の電波を利用した通信方式による通信が可能である。このような第1の通信部316により、例えば数十cm~数m程度離間した第1の機器との間の無線通信が可能となる。
(First communication unit)
FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit housing 311b that houses the first communication unit 316. The cross section shown in FIG. 37 corresponds to the cross section seen from the BB direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the Y-axis direction).
The first communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate with the first device.
The first device may be, for example, the transmission device 1 described in the first and second embodiments, or may be another communication device 300, the terminal device 4, or the server device 3.
For example, the first communication unit 316 receives an individual identification signal including an individual identifier of the transmission device 1 (first device).
The first communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate using the first communication method.
The first communication method can be appropriately selected depending on the configuration of the first device. As the first communication method, for example, “Wi-Fi (registered trademark)”, “Zigbee (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth Low Energy”, “ANT (registered trademark)”, Communication methods such as “ANT + (registered trademark)” and “EnOcean (registered trademark)”, communication methods using radio waves and infrared rays other than the above communication methods, communication methods using electric fields, communication methods using sound waves, 3G and 4G communication method can be cited. The first communication method may be a wireless communication other than the above or a communication method using wired communication.
For example, the first communication unit 316 can perform communication using a communication method using radio waves. For example, the first communication unit 316 can perform communication using a communication method using radio waves in a 920 MHz frequency band. Such a first communication unit 316 enables wireless communication with a first device separated by, for example, several tens of centimeters to several meters.
 第1の通信部316は、例えば、回路基板314b上に実装された、通信回路316aと、アンテナ316bと、MCU316cとを有する。
 アンテナ316bは、例えば、Z軸方向に沿って伸びている。これにより、XY平面内におけるアンテナ316bの受信感度を均一化することができる。
The first communication unit 316 includes, for example, a communication circuit 316a, an antenna 316b, and an MCU 316c mounted on the circuit board 314b.
The antenna 316b extends, for example, along the Z-axis direction. Thereby, the receiving sensitivity of the antenna 316b in the XY plane can be made uniform.
 (第2の通信部)
 図38は、第2の通信部317を収容する第3のユニット筐体311cの断面図である。図38に示す断面は、図33BのB-B方向から見た断面(Y軸方向から見た断面)に相当する。
 第2の通信部316は、本実施形態において、第1の機器との間の通信が可能に構成され、かつ、第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器との無線通信が可能に構成される。
 第2の機器は、例えば、第1及び第2の実施形態で説明した送信装置1とすることもできるし、あるいは、他の通信装置300、端末装置4又はサーバ装置3とすることもできる。
 第2の通信部317は、例えば、第1の通信部316が受信した送信装置1(第1の機器)の個体識別子を含む個体識別信号を、上記第2の機器に送信する。また、第2の通信部317は、この個体識別信号が所定の条件を満たす場合に個体識別信号を第2の機器に送信することができる。例えば、第2の通信部317は、上記個体識別信号の受信強度が所定の閾値以上である場合に、この個体識別信号を第2の機器に送信することができる。
 第2の通信部317は、本実施形態において、第1の通信方式とは異なる第2の通信方式による通信が可能に構成される。
 第2の通信方式は、第1の機器及び/又は第2の機器の構成により適宜選択することができる。第2の通信方式としては、例えば、「Wi-Fi(登録商標)」、「Zigbee(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth(登録商標)」、「Bluetooth Low Energy」、「ANT(登録商標)」、「ANT+(登録商標)」、「EnOcean(登録商標)」等の通信方式、上記通信方式以外の電波や赤外線を利用した通信方式、電界を利用した通信方式、音波を利用した通信方式、3Gや4Gの通信方式等を挙げることができる。第2の通信方式は、上記以外の無線通信や、有線通信を利用した通信方式であってもよい。
 例えば、第2の通信部317は、Bluetooth Low Energyを利用した通信方式による通信が可能である。このような第2の通信部317により、例えば数cm~数十cm程度離間した第1の機器及び/又は第2の機器との間の無線通信が可能となる。
(Second communication unit)
FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the third unit housing 311 c that houses the second communication unit 317. The cross section shown in FIG. 38 corresponds to the cross section seen from the BB direction in FIG. 33B (cross section seen from the Y-axis direction).
In the present embodiment, the second communication unit 316 is configured to be able to communicate with the first device, and is configured to be capable of wireless communication with a second device different from the first device. The
For example, the second device may be the transmission device 1 described in the first and second embodiments, or may be another communication device 300, the terminal device 4, or the server device 3.
For example, the second communication unit 317 transmits an individual identification signal including the individual identifier of the transmission device 1 (first device) received by the first communication unit 316 to the second device. Further, the second communication unit 317 can transmit the individual identification signal to the second device when the individual identification signal satisfies a predetermined condition. For example, the second communication unit 317 can transmit the individual identification signal to the second device when the reception intensity of the individual identification signal is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold.
In the present embodiment, the second communication unit 317 is configured to be able to perform communication using a second communication method different from the first communication method.
The second communication method can be appropriately selected depending on the configuration of the first device and / or the second device. As the second communication method, for example, “Wi-Fi (registered trademark)”, “Zigbee (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth (registered trademark)”, “Bluetooth Low Energy”, “ANT (registered trademark)”, Communication methods such as “ANT + (registered trademark)” and “EnOcean (registered trademark)”, communication methods using radio waves and infrared rays other than the above communication methods, communication methods using electric fields, communication methods using sound waves, 3G and 4G communication method can be cited. The second communication method may be a wireless communication other than the above or a communication method using wired communication.
For example, the second communication unit 317 can perform communication using a communication method using Bluetooth Low Energy. Such a second communication unit 317 enables wireless communication with the first device and / or the second device separated by, for example, several centimeters to several tens of centimeters.
 第2の通信部317は、例えば、回路基板314c上に実装された、通信回路317aと、アンテナ317bと、MCU317cとを有する。 The second communication unit 317 includes, for example, a communication circuit 317a, an antenna 317b, and an MCU 317c mounted on the circuit board 314c.
 (第3の通信部)
 第3の通信部318は、本実施形態において、第1の機器と異なる第2の機器との通信が可能に構成され、例えば第1の通信部316と同様の第1の通信方式を用いた通信が可能に構成される。
 第3の通信部318は、例えば、回路基板314d上に実装された、通信回路318aと、アンテナ318bと、MCU318cとを有する(図39を参照)。
 第3の通信部318の詳細な構成は、第1の通信部316と同様であるため、説明を省略する。
(Third communication section)
In the present embodiment, the third communication unit 318 is configured to be able to communicate with a second device different from the first device. For example, the third communication unit 318 uses the same first communication method as the first communication unit 316. Communication is configured to be possible.
The third communication unit 318 includes, for example, a communication circuit 318a, an antenna 318b, and an MCU 318c mounted on the circuit board 314d (see FIG. 39).
Since the detailed configuration of the third communication unit 318 is the same as that of the first communication unit 316, the description thereof is omitted.
 [通信装置を用いた通信システムの構成例]
 図39は、通信装置300を用いた通信システムの構成例を示すブロック図である。
 図39に示す通信システム400は、送信装置1と、第1の通信装置300Aと、第2の通信装置300Bと、端末装置4とを有する。
 この例では、送信装置1と第1の通信装置300Aとが、第1の通信方式及び第2の通信方式により通信される。第1の通信装置300Aと第2の通信装置300Bとが、第1の通信方式により通信される。第2の通信装置300Bと端末装置4とが、第2の通信方式により通信される。
 例えば、第1の通信方式は、920MHzの周波数帯の電波を利用した通信方式であり、第2の通信方式は、Bluetooth Low Energyを利用した通信方式であるものとする。
 なお、同図において、第1の通信方式による機器間の通信は実線、第2の通信方式による機器間の通信は二点鎖線で表している。
[Configuration example of communication system using communication device]
FIG. 39 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of a communication system using the communication device 300.
A communication system 400 illustrated in FIG. 39 includes a transmission device 1, a first communication device 300A, a second communication device 300B, and a terminal device 4.
In this example, the transmission device 1 and the first communication device 300A communicate with each other using the first communication method and the second communication method. The first communication device 300A and the second communication device 300B communicate with each other using the first communication method. The second communication device 300B and the terminal device 4 communicate with each other using the second communication method.
For example, it is assumed that the first communication method is a communication method using radio waves in a frequency band of 920 MHz, and the second communication method is a communication method using Bluetooth Low Energy.
In the figure, communication between devices according to the first communication method is indicated by a solid line, and communication between devices according to the second communication method is indicated by a two-dot chain line.
 送信装置1は、第1及び第2の実施形態で説明した家畜、人等の生体に装着された送信装置1であり、電力供給部11と、制御部12と、通信部13と、センサ14とを有する。
 本構成例において、電力供給部11は、発電部111と、蓄電部112と、電力制御部113とを有する。
 通信部13は、複数の通信回路及びアンテナを有する。すなわち、通信部13は、第1の通信回路131aと、第1の通信回路131aに対応するアンテナ131bと、第2の通信回路132aと、第2の通信回路132aに対応するアンテナ132bとを有する。
 本構成例において、第1の通信回路131aは、アンテナ131bを介して第1の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 本構成例において、第2の通信回路132aは、アンテナ132bを介して第2の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
The transmission device 1 is the transmission device 1 attached to a living body such as livestock or a person described in the first and second embodiments, and includes a power supply unit 11, a control unit 12, a communication unit 13, and a sensor 14. And have.
In this configuration example, the power supply unit 11 includes a power generation unit 111, a power storage unit 112, and a power control unit 113.
The communication unit 13 includes a plurality of communication circuits and antennas. That is, the communication unit 13 includes a first communication circuit 131a, an antenna 131b corresponding to the first communication circuit 131a, a second communication circuit 132a, and an antenna 132b corresponding to the second communication circuit 132a. .
In this configuration example, it is assumed that the first communication circuit 131a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 131b.
In this configuration example, it is assumed that the second communication circuit 132a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 132b.
 第1の通信装置300Aは、上述の通信装置300の一構成例である。
 すなわち、第1の通信装置300Aは、電力制御部315と、MCU316c,317c,318cと、第1の通信回路316aと、第2の通信回路317aと、第3の通信回路317cと、各通信回路に対応するアンテナ316b,317b,318bとを有する。
 第1の通信回路316aと、アンテナ316bと、MCU316cとは、第1の通信部316を構成する。本構成例において、第1の通信モジュール316aは、アンテナ316bを介して第1の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 第2の通信モジュール317aと、アンテナ317bと、MCU317cとは、第2の通信部316を構成する。本構成例において、第2の通信モジュール317aは、アンテナ317bを介して第2の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 第3の通信モジュール318aと、アンテナ318bと、MCU318cとは、第3の通信部318を構成する。本構成例において、第3の通信回路318aは、アンテナ318bを介して第1の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 この第1の通信装置300Aにおける「第1の機器」は送信装置1であり、「第2の機器」は第2の通信装置300Bである。
The first communication device 300A is a configuration example of the communication device 300 described above.
That is, the first communication device 300A includes a power control unit 315, MCUs 316c, 317c, and 318c, a first communication circuit 316a, a second communication circuit 317a, a third communication circuit 317c, and each communication circuit. Antennas 316b, 317b, and 318b corresponding to.
The first communication circuit 316a, the antenna 316b, and the MCU 316c constitute a first communication unit 316. In this configuration example, it is assumed that the first communication module 316a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 316b.
The second communication module 317a, the antenna 317b, and the MCU 317c constitute a second communication unit 316. In this configuration example, it is assumed that the second communication module 317a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 317b.
The third communication module 318a, the antenna 318b, and the MCU 318c constitute a third communication unit 318. In this configuration example, it is assumed that the third communication circuit 318a can perform communication using the first communication method via the antenna 318b.
In the first communication device 300A, the “first device” is the transmission device 1, and the “second device” is the second communication device 300B.
 第2の通信装置300Bは、上述の通信装置300の一構成例である。
 すなわち、第2の通信装置300Bは、電力制御部315と、MCU316c,317c,318cと、第1の通信回路316aと、第2の通信回路317aと、第3の通信回路317cと、各通信回路に対応するアンテナ316b,317b,318bとを有する。
 第1の通信回路316aと、アンテナ316bと、MCU316cとは、第1の通信部316を構成する。本構成例において、第1の通信回路316aは、アンテナ316bを介して第1の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 第2の通信回路317aと、アンテナ317bと、MCU317cとは、第2の通信部317を構成する。第2の通信回路317aは、アンテナ317bを介して第2の通信方式による通信が可能であるものとする。
 この第2の通信装置300Bにおける「第1の機器」は第1の通信装置300Aであり、「第2の機器」は端末装置4である。
The second communication device 300B is a configuration example of the communication device 300 described above.
That is, the second communication device 300B includes a power control unit 315, MCUs 316c, 317c, and 318c, a first communication circuit 316a, a second communication circuit 317a, a third communication circuit 317c, and each communication circuit. Antennas 316b, 317b, and 318b corresponding to.
The first communication circuit 316a, the antenna 316b, and the MCU 316c constitute a first communication unit 316. In this configuration example, it is assumed that the first communication circuit 316a can perform communication by the first communication method via the antenna 316b.
The second communication circuit 317a, the antenna 317b, and the MCU 317c constitute a second communication unit 317. It is assumed that the second communication circuit 317a can perform communication using the second communication method via the antenna 317b.
The “first device” in the second communication device 300B is the first communication device 300A, and the “second device” is the terminal device 4.
 本構成例における通信の流れについて説明する。
 第1の通信装置300Aの第1の通信回路316が、送信装置1の第1の通信回路131aから送信された個体識別信号を受信する。
 同様に、第1の通信装置300Aの第2の通信回路317aが、送信装置1の第2の通信回路132aから送信された個体識別信号を受信する。
 一方、第1の通信装置300Aの第3の通信回路318aは、送信装置1から受信した上記個体識別信号を第2の通信装置300Bに送信する。
 第2の通信装置300Bの第1の通信回路316aは、第1の通信装置300Aから送信された個体識別信号を受信する。
 そして、第2の通信装置300Bの第2の通信回路317aは、受信された個体識別信号を端末装置4へ送信する。
A communication flow in this configuration example will be described.
The first communication circuit 316 of the first communication device 300A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication circuit 131a of the transmission device 1.
Similarly, the second communication circuit 317a of the first communication device 300A receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the second communication circuit 132a of the transmission device 1.
On the other hand, the third communication circuit 318a of the first communication device 300A transmits the individual identification signal received from the transmission device 1 to the second communication device 300B.
The first communication circuit 316a of the second communication device 300B receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the first communication device 300A.
Then, the second communication circuit 317a of the second communication device 300B transmits the received individual identification signal to the terminal device 4.
 本構成例によれば、第1の通信装置300Aが異なる通信方式で通信可能な複数の通信回路を有するため、送信装置1からの個体識別信号を、2種類の通信方式により受信することができる。これにより、例えば送信装置1及び第1の通信装置300Aの位置関係や環境に応じて、適切な通信方式を選択することが可能となる。
 また、第1の通信装置300Aが、同一の通信方式(920MHzの周波数帯の電波を利用した通信方式)の2つの通信回路316a,318aを有する。これにより、個体識別信号の受信と送信とで、異なる通信回路316a,318aを使用することができる。したがって、非常に多数の個体識別信号を送受信する場合であっても、通信の障害を防止することができる。
According to this configuration example, since the first communication device 300A has a plurality of communication circuits that can communicate with different communication methods, the individual identification signal from the transmission device 1 can be received by two types of communication methods. . Thereby, for example, an appropriate communication method can be selected according to the positional relationship and environment of the transmission device 1 and the first communication device 300A.
Further, the first communication device 300A includes two communication circuits 316a and 318a having the same communication method (communication method using radio waves in a frequency band of 920 MHz). Thereby, different communication circuits 316a and 318a can be used for reception and transmission of the individual identification signal. Therefore, even when a large number of individual identification signals are transmitted and received, communication failure can be prevented.
 [本実施形態の変形例]
 (変形例3-1:ハードウェア構成についての変形例)
 通信装置300のハードウェア構成は、上述の例に限定されない。
 例えば、通信装置300の本体部310は、少なくとも第1の通信部316と、電源供給部315とを有していればよく、必要に応じて他のハードウェア構成を追加することができる。
 本実施形態によれば、ユニット筐体が積層可能に規格化されているため、通信装置300のハードウェア構成の変更を容易に行うことができる。
[Modification of this embodiment]
(Modification 3-1: Modification of hardware configuration)
The hardware configuration of the communication device 300 is not limited to the above example.
For example, the main body 310 of the communication device 300 only needs to include at least the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315, and other hardware configurations can be added as necessary.
According to the present embodiment, since the unit housings are standardized so that they can be stacked, the hardware configuration of the communication device 300 can be easily changed.
 例えば、本体部310は、ユニット筐体311に収容され周囲の環境に関する情報を取得するセンサ部を有していてもよい。これにより、通信装置300周囲の環境についての情報を他の機器へ送信し、解析することができ、家畜の管理に役立てることができる。
 一例として、センサ部は、気温、湿度、雨量、風速、気圧等の気候に関するデータを計測可能であってもよい。これにより、通信装置300周囲の気候の情報を取得、分析することが可能となる。センサ部はイメージセンサと画像処理回路を有し、これらにより画像データを撮像、生成し、画像データをしても良い。
 上記センサ部により生成された環境に関する情報は、第1~第3の通信部316,317,318のうちの少なくともいずれかの通信部により端末装置4やサーバ装置3等、他の機器に送信される。
For example, the main body 310 may include a sensor unit that is accommodated in the unit housing 311 and acquires information related to the surrounding environment. Thereby, the information about the environment around the communication device 300 can be transmitted to other devices and analyzed, which can be useful for the management of livestock.
As an example, the sensor unit may be able to measure data related to climate such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed, and atmospheric pressure. Thereby, it becomes possible to acquire and analyze information on the climate around the communication device 300. The sensor unit may include an image sensor and an image processing circuit, and image data may be captured and generated using these image sensors.
Information on the environment generated by the sensor unit is transmitted to other devices such as the terminal device 4 and the server device 3 by at least one of the first to third communication units 316, 317, and 318. The
 例えば、本体部310は、第1の通信部316と、電源供給部315の他、ユニット筐体311に取り付けられる通知部を有していてもよい。通知部は、ユーザに対し、通信装置300周囲の環境や通信装置300自体の情報、通信される他の機器からの情報等を通知することができる。通知部は、具体的には、点灯可能なLED(Light Emitting Diode)モジュールや、スピーカモジュール、表示モジュール等を有し、点灯、音声、表示等の方法により通知が可能に構成されていてもよい。
 本体部310が通知部を有することにより、例えば、第1の実施形態の滞在監視処理の結果を通信装置300に送信し、通知させることができる。具体的には、滞在監視処理において不適切なグループに混在した家畜がいることが判明した場合、当該家畜がいる領域に対応する位置の通信装置300にその情報を送信し、ユーザに通知することができる。
For example, the main body 310 may have a notification unit attached to the unit housing 311 in addition to the first communication unit 316 and the power supply unit 315. The notification unit can notify the user of the environment around the communication device 300, information on the communication device 300 itself, information from other devices to be communicated, and the like. Specifically, the notification unit may include an LED (Light Emitting Diode) module, a speaker module, a display module, and the like that can be turned on, and may be configured to be notified by a method such as lighting, sound, or display. .
When the main body unit 310 includes the notification unit, for example, the result of the stay monitoring process of the first embodiment can be transmitted to the communication device 300 and notified. Specifically, when it is found that there is livestock mixed in an inappropriate group in the stay monitoring process, the information is transmitted to the communication device 300 at the position corresponding to the area where the livestock is present, and the user is notified. Can do.
 (変形例3-2:ユニット筐体についての変形例)
 各ユニット筐体311の形状は、異なっていてもよい。
 例えば、複数のユニット筐体311が、同一の第1の接続端部311e及び第2の接続端部311fを有するが、異なる形状の筒部311gを有していてもよい。これによっても、複数のユニット筐体311を容易に積層することができる。
 この場合、複数のユニット筐体311における筒部311gは、Z軸方向に異なる長さを有していてもよい。これにより、アンテナの長さ等を自由に調整することができる。あるいは、複数のユニット筐体311における筒部311gは、異なる断面形状を有していてもよい。
(Modification 3-2: Modification of unit housing)
The shape of each unit housing 311 may be different.
For example, the plurality of unit housings 311 have the same first connection end 311e and second connection end 311f, but may have different shapes of cylindrical portions 311g. Also by this, the several unit housing | casing 311 can be laminated | stacked easily.
In this case, the cylindrical portions 311g in the plurality of unit housings 311 may have different lengths in the Z-axis direction. Thereby, the length of an antenna etc. can be adjusted freely. Or the cylinder part 311g in the some unit housing | casing 311 may have a different cross-sectional shape.
 また、ユニット筐体311のZ軸方向に直交する断面形状は、円形に限定されず、楕円形、多角形、その他の対称又は非対称の形状であってもよい。 The cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction of the unit casing 311 is not limited to a circle, and may be an ellipse, a polygon, or other symmetric or asymmetric shape.
 さらに、隣接するユニット筐体311は、直接接触する接続態様に限定されず、接続のための部品を介して間接的に接続されていてもよい。 Further, the adjacent unit casings 311 are not limited to the connection mode in which they are in direct contact with each other, and may be indirectly connected via components for connection.
 さらに、ユニット筐体311間のコネクタ312の形状も、全て同一であってもよいし、少なくとも一部が異なっていてもよい。 Furthermore, the shapes of the connectors 312 between the unit housings 311 may all be the same, or at least some of them may be different.
 (変形例3-3:本体部についての変形例)
 本体部310は、複数のユニット筐体を有さなくてもよい。この場合は、例えば一軸方向に沿って伸びている筐体内に第1の通信部316及び電力供給部315等が収容されていてもよい。また、当該筐体は、少なくとも一部がカバー313により実現されていてもよい。
 あるいは、本体部310は、5以上のユニット筐体311を有していてもよい。
 この場合、5以上のユニット筐体311を収容することができるようにカバー313のサイズを調整することができる。
 ユニット筐体311の組み合わせは上述の例に限定されない。
 例えば、本体部310が複数の電力供給部を有し、各電力供給部を収容する複数のユニット筐体311をさらに有していてもよい。光起電性発電機をそれぞれ有する複数の電力供給部を有することで、通信装置300がより大きな電力を得ることができる。また、光起電性発電機を有する電力供給部と、電波受信発電機を有する電力供給部とを有することで、冗長性を高めることができる。
 また、本体部310は、上述のようなモジュール構造を有することで、電力供給部の設置場所により発電部の構成を最適化することができる。あるいは、発電部の構成により電力供給部の設置場所を調整することもできる。
(Modification 3-3: Modification of the main body)
The main body 310 may not have a plurality of unit housings. In this case, for example, the first communication unit 316, the power supply unit 315, and the like may be housed in a housing extending along the uniaxial direction. Further, at least a part of the housing may be realized by the cover 313.
Alternatively, the main body 310 may include five or more unit housings 311.
In this case, the size of the cover 313 can be adjusted so that five or more unit housings 311 can be accommodated.
The combination of unit housings 311 is not limited to the above example.
For example, the main body 310 may include a plurality of power supply units, and may further include a plurality of unit housings 311 that accommodate the power supply units. By having a plurality of power supply units each having a photovoltaic generator, the communication device 300 can obtain larger power. Moreover, redundancy can be improved by having the electric power supply part which has a photovoltaic generator, and the electric power supply part which has a radio wave receiving generator.
Moreover, the main-body part 310 can optimize the structure of an electric power generation part with the installation place of an electric power supply part by having the above module structures. Or the installation place of an electric power supply part can also be adjusted with the structure of an electric power generation part.
 また、本体部310は、カバー313を有さなくてもよい。
 あるいは、本体部310とユニット筐体311との間に、緩衝材等が挟まれていてもよい。
 また、本体部310は、カバー313内に収容されるユニット筐体311の組立体のサイズをカバー313に適合させるために、ダミーのユニット筐体を有していてもよい。ダミーのユニット筐体は、例えば、隣接するユニット筐体間の電気的接続のみを行うことが可能に構成されてもよい。
Further, the main body 310 may not have the cover 313.
Alternatively, a buffer material or the like may be sandwiched between the main body 310 and the unit housing 311.
The main body 310 may have a dummy unit housing in order to adapt the size of the assembly of the unit housing 311 accommodated in the cover 313 to the cover 313. For example, the dummy unit housing may be configured to be able to perform only electrical connection between adjacent unit housings.
 さらに、本体部310全体についても、Z軸方向に直交する断面形状が場所によって異なっていてもよい。 Furthermore, the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the Z-axis direction may be different depending on the location of the main body 310 as a whole.
 (変形例3-4:キャップ部についての変形例)
 キャップ部330は、全体としてドーム型でもよいし、その他の構成でもよい。
 また、キャップ部330の材料も特に限定されない。例えば、キャップ部330を、ゴムや柔軟性の高い樹脂等の弾性材料で形成することにより、家畜が接触した場合にも安全性の高い構成とすることができる。
(Modification 3-4: Modification of Cap Part)
The cap portion 330 may be a dome shape as a whole or may have other configurations.
Further, the material of the cap part 330 is not particularly limited. For example, by forming the cap portion 330 from an elastic material such as rubber or a highly flexible resin, the cap portion 330 can be configured to have high safety even when it comes into contact with livestock.
 (変形例3-5:取付部についての変形例)
 取付部320は、Z軸方向に沿って伸びている構造体Gに取り付け可能に構成されれば、その構成は限定されない。
 例えば、取付部320は、構造体Gの先端を挟み込むことが可能なクリップ型に構成されてもよい。
 あるいは、取付部320は、構造体Gの先端に巻きつけることが可能なバンド等によって構成されてもよい。
 また、取付部320は、構造体Gに強力に接着することが可能に構成されてもよい。
(Modification 3-5: Modification of the mounting portion)
If the attachment part 320 is comprised so that attachment to the structure G extended along the Z-axis direction is possible, the structure will not be limited.
For example, the attachment part 320 may be configured in a clip type that can sandwich the tip of the structure G.
Or the attaching part 320 may be comprised by the band etc. which can be wound around the front-end | tip of the structure G. FIG.
Further, the attachment portion 320 may be configured to be able to be strongly bonded to the structure G.
 さらに、取付部320には、必要に応じて、構造体G以外の構造体に取り付けることが可能な取付具(マウント)が取り付けられてもよい。例えば、取付部320には、壁面や格子状の柵等に取り付けることが可能な取付具が取り付けられていてもよい。
 あるいは、取付部320には、フック状の取付具が取り付けられていてもよい。
 このような取付具を用いることで、構造体G以外の構造体にも取り付けられることができ、通信装置300を多様な場所に設置することができる。さらに通信装置300のZ軸方向は鉛直方向に限定されず、例えば平面方向に略平行な方向(横向き)であってもよい。あるいは、取付部320をZ軸方向上方に向けて、フック状の取付具等によって畜舎の天井等から吊り下げて用いることもできる。
Furthermore, an attachment (mount) that can be attached to a structure other than the structure G may be attached to the attachment portion 320 as necessary. For example, the attachment portion 320 may be attached with an attachment that can be attached to a wall surface, a grid-like fence, or the like.
Alternatively, a hook-shaped attachment may be attached to the attachment portion 320.
By using such an attachment, it can be attached to a structure other than the structure G, and the communication device 300 can be installed in various places. Furthermore, the Z-axis direction of the communication device 300 is not limited to the vertical direction, and may be, for example, a direction (sideways) substantially parallel to the planar direction. Or it can also be used by hanging the attachment part 320 from the ceiling or the like of a barn with a hook-like attachment or the like with the attachment part 320 facing upward in the Z-axis direction.
 また、取付部320には、構造体Gとの間に配置されるシール部材が配置されていてもよい。これにより、取付部320の開口部322からの本体部310への水分や有機物の侵入を防止することができる。したがって、通信装置300の耐久性をより高めることができる。 Further, a seal member that is disposed between the attachment portion 320 and the structure G may be disposed. Thereby, the penetration | invasion of the water | moisture content and organic substance to the main-body part 310 from the opening part 322 of the attaching part 320 can be prevented. Therefore, the durability of the communication device 300 can be further increased.
 以上、本技術の各実施形態について説明したが、本技術は上述の実施形態にのみ限定されるものではなく、本技術の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々変更を加え得ることは勿論である。例えば本技術の実施形態は各実施形態を組み合わせた実施形態とすることができる。 As mentioned above, although each embodiment of this art was described, this art is not limited only to the above-mentioned embodiment, and it cannot be overemphasized that various changes can be added within the range which does not deviate from the gist of this art. For example, the embodiment of the present technology may be an embodiment in which the embodiments are combined.
 なお、本技術は以下のような構成もとることができる。
(1)第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有するカバーと、
 上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、生体に装着される第1の機器と通信を行う第1の通信部と、
 上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、上記第1の通信部に電力を供給する電力供給部と
 を具備し、
 上記第1のユニット筐体と上記第2のユニット筐体は、上記一軸方向に着脱が可能なコネクタを介して接続され、上記コネクタを介して上記第1の通信部と上記電力供給部は電気的に接続される
 通信装置。
(2)上記(1)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記電力供給部は、
 周囲の環境に応じて発電する発電部を有する
 通信装置。
(3)上記(2)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記発電部は、光起電性発電機を有する
 通信装置。
(4)上記(3)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記発電部は、上記一軸まわりに巻かれた太陽光発電フィルムを有する
 通信装置。
(5)上記(3)又は(4)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記カバーは、少なくとも上記発電部の周囲に透光性の領域を有する
 通信装置。
(6)上記(1)から(5)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第1の端部に接続されている、上記通信装置を設置するための取付部
 をさらに有する通信装置。
(7)上記(6)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記取付部は、上記一軸方向に沿って伸びている棒状の構造体の先端に取り付けられることが可能に構成される
 通信装置。
(8)上記(6)又は(7)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記取付部は、上記一軸方向に開口する開口部を有する
 通信装置。
(9)上記(1)から(8)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第2のユニット筐体の上記一軸方向に直交する断面形状は、上記第1のユニット筐体の上記一軸方向に直交する断面形状と同一に構成される
 通信装置。
(10)上記(9)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記断面形状は、円形に構成される
 通信装置。
(11)上記(8)又は(10)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第1のユニット筐体及び上記第2のユニット筐体は、それぞれ、
 上記一軸方向に相互に対向して配置された第1の接続端部及び第2の接続端部と、
 上記第1の接続端部及び上記第2の接続端部の間に形成された筒部とを有し、
 上記第2のユニット筐体の上記第1の接続端部は、上記第1のユニット筐体の上記第2の接続端部と適合可能に構成される
 通信装置。
(12)上記(1)から(11)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記一軸方向に突出する頂部と、上記頂部から上記第2の端部に向かって形成されたテーパ面とを有し、上記第2の端部に接続されたキャップ部をさらに具備する
 通信装置。
(13)上記(1)から(12)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第1の通信部は、上記一軸方向に沿って伸びているアンテナを有する
 通信装置。
(14)上記(1)から(13)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器との無線通信が可能な第2の通信部をさらに有する
 通信装置。
(15)上記(1)から(14)のうちいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第1の通信部は、第1の通信方式による通信が可能であり、
 上記第2の通信部は、
 上記第1の通信方式とは異なる第2の通信方式による通信が可能である
 通信装置。
(16)上記(14)又は(15)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記本体部は、
 上記第1の通信部は、上記第1の機器の識別情報を含む個体識別信号を受信し、
 上記第2の通信部は、上記個体識別信号を上記第2の機器に送信する
 通信装置。
(17)上記(16)に記載の通信装置であって、
 上記第2の通信部は、上記個体識別信号の受信強度が所定の閾値以上である場合に、上記個体識別信号を上記第2の機器に送信する
 通信装置。
(18)上記(1)から(17)のうちのいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記生体は、家畜である
 通信装置。
(19)上記(1)から(18)のうちのいずれか1つに記載の通信装置であって、
 上記生体は、人である
 通信装置。
(20)生体に装着された送信装置と、
  第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有するカバーと、
  上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、上記送信装置と通信を行う第1の通信部と、
  上記一軸方向に沿って上記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、上記第1の通信部に電力を供給する電力供給部と
  を有し、
  上記第1のユニット筐体と上記第2のユニット筐体は、上記一軸方向に着脱が可能なコネクタを介して接続され、上記コネクタを介して上記第1の通信部と上記電力供給部は電気的に接続される
 通信装置と
 を具備する通信システム。
(21)家畜に装着され上記家畜に対応付けられた個体識別信号を送信する送信装置から送信された複数の上記個体識別信号についてのデータに基づいて、上記家畜が、上記個体識別信号に対応する対象領域内に滞在しているか否かを判定する滞在判定部
 を具備する家畜管理システム。
(22)上記(21)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記送信装置から送信された個体識別信号が、上記送信装置が上記対象領域に位置するための第1の条件を満たすか否か判定する位置判定部をさらに具備し、
 上記滞在判定部は、上記第1の条件を満たすと判定された上記複数の個体識別信号についてのデータが、上記対象領域内に上記家畜が滞在するための第2の条件を満たすか否か判定する
 家畜管理システム。
(23)上記(22)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記個体識別信号複数の個体識別信号についてのデータには、上記複数の個体識別信号が上記対象領域に位置する1または複数の通信装置によって受信された際の信号強度の情報が含まれ、
 上記第1の条件は、上記個体識別信号の信号強度が第1の強度範囲に属するという条件を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(24)上記(23)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記第1の条件は、上記個体識別信号の信号強度が所定の閾値以上であるという条件を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(25)上記(22)から(24)のうちいずれか1つに記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記データは、上記対象領域に位置する1の通信装置における上記複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻の情報を含み、
 上記第2の条件は、上記複数の個体識別信号各々の受信時刻についての条件を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(26)上記(22)から(25)のうちいずれか1つに記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記データは、上記対象領域に位置する複数の通信装置によって受信された上記複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度の情報を含み、
 上記第2の条件は、上記複数の個体識別信号各々の信号強度についての条件を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(27)上記(26)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記第2の条件は、上記複数の個体識別信号の上記信号強度に基づいて推定された上記送信装置の位置についての条件を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(28)上記(21)から(27)のうちいずれか1つに記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記データは、上記複数の個体識別信号各々を受信した通信装置を識別する第2の識別情報を含み、
 上記家畜管理システムは、
 上記第2の識別情報と、上記第2の識別情報により識別される上記通信装置の属性についての第1の特性情報とを関連付けて記憶する属性情報記憶部
 をさらに具備し、
 上記第1の特性情報は、上記通信装置の位置に対応する領域についての情報を含み、
 上記滞在判定部は、上記複数の個体識別信号各々の上記第2の識別情報に関連付けられた上記第1の特性情報に基づいて、上記通信装置の位置に対応する領域を上記対象領域と特定し、上記複数の個体識別信号に基づいて上記特定された対象領域内に上記家畜が滞在するか否か判定する
 家畜管理システム。
(29)上記(28)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記データは、上記複数の個体識別信号の送信元の送信装置を識別する個体識別子を含み、
 上記属性情報記憶部は、上記個体識別子と、上記個体識別子により識別される上記送信装置の属性についての領域の管理対象情報とを関連付けてさらに記憶し、
 上記領域の管理対象情報は、上記送信装置を装着する家畜に対応する領域についての情報を含み、
 上記家畜管理システムは、
 上記家畜が上記対象領域内に滞在すると判定された場合、上記属性情報記憶部に記憶された領域の管理対象情報に基づいて、上記判定された対象領域と、上記複数の個体識別信号の送信元の上記送信装置を装着する家畜に対応する領域とが一致するか否か判定する領域判定部と
 をさらに具備する家畜管理システム。
(30)上記(28)又は(29)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記属性情報記憶部は、上記通信装置の上記第1の特性情報を含む複数の第1の特性情報をさらに記憶し、
 上記家畜管理システムは、
 上記通信装置から送信された上記第2の識別情報を取得する識別情報取得部と、
 上記取得された第2の識別情報と、上記複数の第1の特性情報から選択された第1の特性情報とを関連付けて登録情報として登録する登録部と
 をさらに具備し、
 上記属性情報記憶部は、上記登録情報に基づいて、上記第2の識別情報と、上記選択された第1の特性情報とを関連付けて記憶する
 家畜管理システム。
(31)上記(30)に記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記識別情報取得部は、上記通信装置から近接無線通信により送信された上記第2の識別情報を取得する
 家畜管理システム。
(32)上記(22)から(31)のうちいずれか1つに記載の家畜管理システムであって、
 上記個体識別信号を送信する送信装置と、
 上記送信装置とは別の装置であり、上記送信装置から送信された上記個体識別信号を受信する通信装置と、
 上記送信装置及び上記通信装置とは別の装置であり、上記通信装置から送信された上記個体識別信号を受信する情報処理装置と
 を含み、
 上記通信装置が上記位置判定部を含み、
 上記情報処理装置が上記滞在判定部を含む
 家畜管理システム。
(33)家畜に装着され上記家畜に対応付けられた個体識別信号を送信する送信装置から送信された複数の上記個体識別信号についてのデータを受信し、
 上記データに基づいて、上記家畜が、上記個体識別信号に対応する対象領域内に滞在しているか否かを判定する
 家畜の管理方法。
In addition, this technique can also take the following structures.
(1) a cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end;
A first communication unit that is accommodated in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and communicates with a first device attached to a living body;
A power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit, and
The first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector. Connected communication device.
(2) The communication device according to (1) above,
The power supply unit
A communication device having a power generation unit that generates power according to the surrounding environment.
(3) The communication device according to (2) above,
The power generation unit is a communication device having a photovoltaic generator.
(4) The communication device according to (3) above,
The power generation unit includes a solar power generation film wound around the one axis.
(5) The communication device according to (3) or (4) above,
The communication device according to claim 1, wherein the cover has a translucent region at least around the power generation unit.
(6) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (5) above,
The communication apparatus which further has the attaching part for installing the said communication apparatus connected to the said 1st edge part.
(7) The communication device according to (6) above,
The communication device is configured such that the attachment portion can be attached to a tip of a rod-like structure extending along the uniaxial direction.
(8) The communication device according to (6) or (7) above,
The attachment unit includes a communication device having an opening that opens in the uniaxial direction.
(9) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (8) above,
The communication device configured such that a cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the uniaxial direction of the second unit casing is the same as a cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the uniaxial direction of the first unit casing.
(10) The communication device according to (9) above,
The cross-sectional shape is a communication device configured in a circular shape.
(11) The communication device according to (8) or (10) above,
The first unit housing and the second unit housing are respectively
A first connection end and a second connection end disposed opposite to each other in the uniaxial direction;
A cylindrical portion formed between the first connection end and the second connection end;
The communication device configured such that the first connection end of the second unit casing can be adapted to the second connection end of the first unit casing.
(12) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (11) above,
A communication apparatus, further comprising: a top portion protruding in the uniaxial direction; and a cap portion formed from the top portion toward the second end portion and connected to the second end portion.
(13) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (12) above,
The first communication unit includes a communication device having an antenna extending along the uniaxial direction.
(14) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (13) above,
A communication apparatus further comprising a second communication unit capable of wireless communication with a second device different from the first device.
(15) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (14) above,
The first communication unit can perform communication using the first communication method,
The second communication unit is
A communication apparatus capable of communication by a second communication method different from the first communication method.
(16) The communication device according to (14) or (15) above,
The main body is
The first communication unit receives an individual identification signal including identification information of the first device,
The second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device.
(17) The communication device according to (16) above,
The second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device when the reception intensity of the individual identification signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold.
(18) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (17),
The living body is a livestock communication device.
(19) The communication device according to any one of (1) to (18),
The living body is a communication device.
(20) a transmission device attached to a living body;
A cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end;
A first communication unit housed in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction and communicating with the transmission device;
A power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit, and
The first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector. A communication system comprising: a communication device connected to the network.
(21) The livestock corresponds to the individual identification signal based on data on a plurality of the individual identification signals transmitted from a transmission device that transmits the individual identification signal that is attached to the livestock and associated with the livestock. A livestock management system comprising a stay determination unit for determining whether or not a person is staying in a target area.
(22) The livestock management system according to (21) above,
A position determination unit that determines whether or not the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device satisfies a first condition for the transmission device to be located in the target region;
The stay determination unit determines whether data about the plurality of individual identification signals determined to satisfy the first condition satisfies a second condition for the livestock to stay in the target area. Livestock management system.
(23) The livestock management system according to (22) above,
The data about the individual identification signals of the plurality of individual identification signals includes information on signal strength when the plurality of individual identification signals are received by one or more communication devices located in the target region,
The livestock management system, wherein the first condition includes a condition that a signal intensity of the individual identification signal belongs to a first intensity range.
(24) The livestock management system according to (23) above,
The livestock management system, wherein the first condition includes a condition that a signal intensity of the individual identification signal is a predetermined threshold value or more.
(25) The livestock management system according to any one of (22) to (24),
The data includes information on the reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals in one communication device located in the target area,
The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a reception time of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
(26) The livestock management system according to any one of (22) to (25) above,
The data includes signal strength information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals received by a plurality of communication devices located in the target region,
The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a signal intensity of each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
(27) The livestock management system according to (26) above,
The livestock management system, wherein the second condition includes a condition regarding a position of the transmitting device estimated based on the signal strength of the plurality of individual identification signals.
(28) The livestock management system according to any one of (21) to (27) above,
The data includes second identification information for identifying a communication device that has received each of the plurality of individual identification signals.
The livestock management system
An attribute information storage unit for storing the second identification information and the first characteristic information about the attribute of the communication device identified by the second identification information in association with each other;
The first characteristic information includes information about a region corresponding to the position of the communication device,
The stay determination unit identifies an area corresponding to the position of the communication device as the target area based on the first characteristic information associated with the second identification information of each of the plurality of individual identification signals. A livestock management system for determining whether or not the livestock stays in the specified target area based on the plurality of individual identification signals.
(29) The livestock management system according to (28) above,
The data includes an individual identifier for identifying a transmission device that is a transmission source of the plurality of individual identification signals,
The attribute information storage unit further stores the individual identifier and the management target information of the area for the attribute of the transmission device identified by the individual identifier,
The management target information of the area includes information about the area corresponding to the livestock wearing the transmission device,
The livestock management system
When it is determined that the livestock stays in the target area, based on the management target information of the area stored in the attribute information storage unit, the determined target area and the transmission source of the plurality of individual identification signals A livestock management system further comprising: a region determination unit that determines whether or not a region corresponding to a livestock to which the transmission device is attached matches.
(30) The livestock management system according to (28) or (29) above,
The attribute information storage unit further stores a plurality of first characteristic information including the first characteristic information of the communication device,
The livestock management system
An identification information acquisition unit that acquires the second identification information transmitted from the communication device;
A registration unit that associates the acquired second identification information with the first characteristic information selected from the plurality of first characteristic information and registers it as registration information; and
The attribute information storage unit stores the second identification information and the selected first characteristic information in association with each other based on the registration information.
(31) The livestock management system according to (30) above,
The livestock management system, wherein the identification information acquisition unit acquires the second identification information transmitted from the communication device by proximity wireless communication.
(32) The livestock management system according to any one of (22) to (31) above,
A transmitting device for transmitting the individual identification signal;
A communication device that is a device different from the transmission device and that receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the transmission device;
The transmission device and the communication device are different devices, including an information processing device that receives the individual identification signal transmitted from the communication device,
The communication device includes the position determination unit,
A livestock management system in which the information processing apparatus includes the stay determination unit.
(33) Receive data on the plurality of individual identification signals transmitted from a transmission device that transmits individual identification signals attached to domestic animals and associated with the domestic animals,
A livestock management method for determining whether or not the livestock is staying in a target area corresponding to the individual identification signal based on the data.
 1…送信装置
 2,300…通信装置
 4…端末装置
 310…本体部
 312…コネクタ
 313…カバー
 320…取付部
 330…キャップ部
 311,311a,311b,311c,311d…ユニット筐体
 315…電力供給部
 316…第1の通信部
 317…第2の通信部
 318…第3の通信部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Transmission apparatus 2,300 ... Communication apparatus 4 ... Terminal apparatus 310 ... Main body part 312 ... Connector 313 ... Cover 320 ... Attachment part 330 ... Cap part 311, 311a, 311b, 311c, 311d ... Unit housing 315 ... Power supply part 316 ... 1st communication part 317 ... 2nd communication part 318 ... 3rd communication part

Claims (18)

  1.  第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有するカバーと、
     前記一軸方向に沿って前記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、生体に装着される第1の機器と通信を行う第1の通信部と、
     前記一軸方向に沿って前記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、前記第1の通信部に電力を供給する電力供給部と
     を有し、
     前記第1のユニット筐体と前記第2のユニット筐体は、前記一軸方向に着脱が可能なコネクタを介して接続され、前記コネクタを介して前記第1の通信部と前記電力供給部は電気的に接続される
     通信装置。
    A cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end;
    A first communication unit that is accommodated in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the one-axis direction and communicates with a first device attached to a living body;
    A power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit;
    The first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector. Connected communication device.
  2.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記電力供給部は、
     周囲の環境に応じて発電する発電部を有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    The power supply unit
    A communication device having a power generation unit that generates power according to the surrounding environment.
  3.  請求項2に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記発電部は、光起電性発電機を有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 2,
    The power generation unit includes a photovoltaic generator.
  4.  請求項3に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記発電部は、前記一軸まわりに巻かれた太陽光発電フィルムを有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 3,
    The power generation unit includes a solar power generation film wound around the one axis.
  5.  請求項3に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記カバーは、少なくとも前記発電部の周囲に透光性の領域を有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 3,
    The cover has a translucent region at least around the power generation unit.
  6.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1の端部に接続されている、前記通信装置を設置するための取付部
     をさらに有する通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    A communication device further comprising a mounting portion connected to the first end for installing the communication device.
  7.  請求項6に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記取付部は、前記一軸方向に沿って伸びている棒状の構造体の先端に取り付けられることが可能に構成される
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 6,
    The communication device is configured to be attachable to a tip end of a rod-like structure extending along the uniaxial direction.
  8.  請求項7に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記取付部は、前記一軸方向に開口する開口部を有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 7,
    The attachment unit includes a communication device having an opening that opens in the uniaxial direction.
  9.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第2のユニット筐体の前記一軸方向に直交する断面形状は、前記第1のユニット筐体の前記一軸方向に直交する断面形状と同一に構成される
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    The communication device configured such that a cross-sectional shape of the second unit housing orthogonal to the uniaxial direction is the same as a cross-sectional shape of the first unit housing orthogonal to the uniaxial direction.
  10.  請求項9に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記断面形状は、円形に構成される
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 9,
    The cross-sectional shape is a communication device configured in a circular shape.
  11.  請求項9に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1のユニット筐体及び前記第2のユニット筐体は、それぞれ、
     前記一軸方向に相互に対向して配置された第1の接続端部及び第2の接続端部と、
     前記第1の接続端部及び前記第2の接続端部の間に形成された筒部とを有し、
     前記第2のユニット筐体の前記第1の接続端部は、前記第1のユニット筐体の前記第2の接続端部と適合可能に構成される
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 9,
    The first unit housing and the second unit housing are respectively
    A first connection end and a second connection end disposed opposite to each other in the uniaxial direction;
    A cylindrical portion formed between the first connection end and the second connection end;
    The communication device configured such that the first connection end of the second unit casing can be adapted to the second connection end of the first unit casing.
  12.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記一軸方向に突出する頂部と、前記頂部から前記第2の端部に向かって形成されたテーパ面とを有し、前記第2の端部に接続されたキャップ部をさらに有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    A communication device further comprising: a top portion protruding in the uniaxial direction; and a tapered surface formed from the top portion toward the second end portion and connected to the second end portion.
  13.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1の通信部は、前記一軸方向に沿って伸びているアンテナを有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    The first communication unit includes a communication device having an antenna extending along the uniaxial direction.
  14.  請求項1に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器との無線通信が可能な第2の通信部をさらに有する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 1,
    A communication apparatus further comprising a second communication unit capable of wireless communication with a second device different from the first device.
  15.  請求項14に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1の通信部は、第1の通信方式による通信が可能であり、
     前記第2の通信部は、
     前記第1の通信方式とは異なる第2の通信方式による通信が可能である
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 14, wherein
    The first communication unit is capable of communication by a first communication method,
    The second communication unit is
    A communication device capable of communication by a second communication method different from the first communication method.
  16.  請求項14に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第1の通信部は、前記第1の機器から送信された個体識別信号を受信し、
     前記第2の通信部は、前記個体識別信号を前記第2の機器へ送信する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 14, wherein
    The first communication unit receives an individual identification signal transmitted from the first device,
    The second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device.
  17.  請求項16に記載の通信装置であって、
     前記第2の通信部は、前記個体識別信号の受信強度が所定の閾値以上である場合に、前記個体識別信号を前記第2の機器に送信する
     通信装置。
    The communication device according to claim 16, wherein
    The second communication unit is a communication device that transmits the individual identification signal to the second device when reception intensity of the individual identification signal is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold.
  18.  生体に装着された送信装置と、
      第1の端部から第2の端部に向かう一軸方向に沿って伸びている中空形状を有するカバーと、
      前記一軸方向に沿って前記カバー内部に設置される第1のユニット筐体に収容され、前記送信装置と通信を行う第1の通信部と、
      前記一軸方向に沿って前記カバー内部に設置される第2のユニット筐体に収容され、前記第1の通信部に電力を供給する電力供給部と
      を有し、
      前記第1のユニット筐体と前記第2のユニット筐体は、前記一軸方向に着脱が可能なコネクタを介して接続され、前記コネクタを介して前記第1の通信部と前記電力供給部は電気的に接続される
     通信装置と
     を具備する通信システム。
    A transmission device attached to a living body;
    A cover having a hollow shape extending along a uniaxial direction from the first end toward the second end;
    A first communication unit that is housed in a first unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction and communicates with the transmission device;
    A power supply unit that is housed in a second unit housing installed inside the cover along the uniaxial direction, and that supplies power to the first communication unit;
    The first unit housing and the second unit housing are connected via a connector that is detachable in the uniaxial direction, and the first communication unit and the power supply unit are electrically connected via the connector. A communication system comprising: a communication device connected to the network.
PCT/JP2016/003651 2015-09-16 2016-08-08 Communication device and communication system WO2017046998A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-182563 2015-09-16
JP2015182563 2015-09-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017046998A1 true WO2017046998A1 (en) 2017-03-23

Family

ID=58288453

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/003651 WO2017046998A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-08-08 Communication device and communication system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017046998A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019125114A1 (en) * 2017-12-20 2019-06-27 Sanchez Arocha Octavio Wireless system and method for monitoring the health of feeder cattle by monitoring rumination in real time
CN112119320A (en) * 2018-05-23 2020-12-22 利拉伐控股有限公司 System for locating animal tags, method of determining the position of an intermediate base station and computer program therefor
JP2021524907A (en) * 2018-05-23 2021-09-16 デラヴァル ホルディング アーベー Systems, methods, and computer programs for locating animal tags

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0746028A (en) * 1993-05-21 1995-02-14 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Antenna device and transponder equipped with the same
JP2000018982A (en) * 1998-07-02 2000-01-21 Toshiba Corp System and sensor for detection of movement of soil and stone, dropping control device for coordinate positioning apparatus and dropping-type coordinate positioning apparatus
US20080128486A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2008-06-05 Breedcare Pty Ltd. Livestock breeding and management system
JP2010250409A (en) * 2009-04-13 2010-11-04 Tdk Corp Radio communication device and radio communication system
JP2010282316A (en) * 2009-06-03 2010-12-16 Dodwell Bms Ltd Security light pole and emergency reporting system
US20110148639A1 (en) * 2007-01-21 2011-06-23 Destron Fearing Corporation Animal management system including radio animal tags and additional transceiver(s)

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0746028A (en) * 1993-05-21 1995-02-14 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Antenna device and transponder equipped with the same
JP2000018982A (en) * 1998-07-02 2000-01-21 Toshiba Corp System and sensor for detection of movement of soil and stone, dropping control device for coordinate positioning apparatus and dropping-type coordinate positioning apparatus
US20080128486A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2008-06-05 Breedcare Pty Ltd. Livestock breeding and management system
US20110148639A1 (en) * 2007-01-21 2011-06-23 Destron Fearing Corporation Animal management system including radio animal tags and additional transceiver(s)
JP2010250409A (en) * 2009-04-13 2010-11-04 Tdk Corp Radio communication device and radio communication system
JP2010282316A (en) * 2009-06-03 2010-12-16 Dodwell Bms Ltd Security light pole and emergency reporting system

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019125114A1 (en) * 2017-12-20 2019-06-27 Sanchez Arocha Octavio Wireless system and method for monitoring the health of feeder cattle by monitoring rumination in real time
CN112119320A (en) * 2018-05-23 2020-12-22 利拉伐控股有限公司 System for locating animal tags, method of determining the position of an intermediate base station and computer program therefor
JP2021524022A (en) * 2018-05-23 2021-09-09 デラヴァル ホルディング アーベー A system for locating animal tags, a method for locating intermediate base stations, and a computer program for that purpose.
JP2021524907A (en) * 2018-05-23 2021-09-16 デラヴァル ホルディング アーベー Systems, methods, and computer programs for locating animal tags
JP7330209B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2023-08-21 デラヴァル ホルディング アーベー System for locating animal tags, method for locating intermediate base stations, and computer program therefor
JP7330210B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2023-08-21 デラヴァル ホルディング アーベー Systems, methods, and computer programs for locating animal tags
CN112119320B (en) * 2018-05-23 2024-03-22 利拉伐控股有限公司 System for locating animal tags, method for determining the position of an intermediate base station

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6766816B2 (en) Livestock management system and livestock management method
US11510397B2 (en) Management apparatus, individual management system, and individual search system
WO2017130736A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing system, and information processing method
US11910783B2 (en) Smart animal collar system
US20120092132A1 (en) Tracking system and method
CN101076841A (en) Management and navigation system for blind
WO2017046998A1 (en) Communication device and communication system
US10613615B2 (en) Electronic apparatus, information processing system, and information processing method
US20120112917A1 (en) Low power device and method for livestock detection
JP2008529120A (en) Sensor circuit array, control device and sensor system for operating sensor circuit array
US10716289B2 (en) Signal transmission device and management system
US20210004547A1 (en) Device, system and method for scanning animal with an implanted microchip
So-In et al. Mobile animal tracking systems using light sensor for efficient power and cost saving motion detection
WO2008108816A1 (en) System and method for subject management using intelligent rf tag and reader
WO2017145579A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing system, and information processing method
WO2017046996A1 (en) Communication device, communication method and communication system
KR20150075507A (en) Livestock Traceability System based on Implantable Sensor Tag
US20170347892A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing system, information processing method, and program
JP2017192353A (en) Cover case
Byrd Tracking cows wirelessly
Singh et al. GSM Based Security System
KR20150079131A (en) RFID reader device including movable reader terminal selectively connected with gate antenna, and cattle traceability system using the same
CN104040596A (en) Emergency response and tracking using lighting networks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16845876

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16845876

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1